Exhibit 1: Golden State Fire Apparatus Agreement — Alameda City Council, October 7, 2025 (part 1 of 2)

PREPARED ESPECIALLY FOR:

CITY OF ALAMEDA

One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.

Enforcer Heavy Duty Rescue

EXHIBIT 1
Product Proposal
Standard Terms and Conditions (Exhibit A)
Product Specifications (Exhibit B)
Product Warranties (Exhibit C)
Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services (Exhibit D)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 2
3 4
5 goldenstateﬁre.com
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT
PROPOSAL1

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638

PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Alameda
1300 Park Street
Alameda, CA 94501
Sales Consultant
Ryan Wright
[email protected]
Mobile: (209) 613-3809

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“ GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the " Product”) to CITY OF ALAMEDA (“Customer ”) for consideration. This proposal (this “ Product Proposal ”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions ”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications ”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List ”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Agreement ”). Through its s ignature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “ Executed Date”).

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “ Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date. If payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price is late, a late fee as sp ecified in section 6 of the Terms and Conditions may be applied, and the Prepayment Discount may be adjusted, and the Gr and Total Purchase Price increased in accordance with section 2.c of the Terms and Conditions. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 08/18/2025 10/17/2025 90818-25A 989 Pierce
Manufacturing,
Inc.

Sourcewell #113021-
OKC-1, ID #271,
Member #926

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer Heavy Duty Rescue 1,996,814.00 B Discount for 100% Payment at Time of Order (the “Prepayment Discount”) (262,711.00) C SUBTOTAL 1,734,103.00
D 10.75% State Sales Tax 186,416.07
E California Tire Fee 17.50
F 100% Performance Bond 4,579.00
G GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 1,925,115.57

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing , the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 45 to 48 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PREDELIVERY SERVICE / EQUIPMENT MOUNTING – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Suppl ied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such a service will add approximately 1.5 to 2 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Product Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA and its employees and may be accepted by Customer on or before the Expiration Date identified above. Unless accepted by the Expiratio n Date, GSFA reserves the right to withdraw this Product Proposal or to alter its terms (including by providing updated Product pricing) prior to an order being accepted.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

ACCEPTANCE – ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN GSFA AND CUSTOMER. “ACCEPTANCE” MEANS THAT THE CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO GSFA: (A) A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PRODUCT PROPOSAL, OR (B) A SIGNED COPY OF A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THE AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER’S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED AND OF NO EFFECT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING SIGNED BY GSFA.

COUNTERPARTS - This Product Proposal may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original (including copies sent to a party by electronic transmission) as against the party signing such counterpart, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Product Proposal delivered by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Product P roposal.

If this Product Proposal is returned to GSFA with the signature of Customer’s authorized representative but without an attest ation or co-signers signature, then absent Customer’s written notice to the contrary, GSFA shall be entitled to rely on such single signature as sufficient evidence of the signatory’s authority to execute the Agreement and bind Customer thereby.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 08/18/2025, GSFA Proposal Number 90818-25A to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Customer Representative Signature of Authorized GSFA Representative

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Print Name Print Name

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Title Title

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Date Date
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

STANDARD TERMS

AND CONDITIONS
Exhibit “A”
2 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Definitions.

a. “Agreement” has the meaning given in the Product Proposal. b. “Customer” means the customer identified in the Product Proposal. c. “Dealer Preparation,” if applicable, means additional product(s) and/or services added or provided by GSFA after Manufacturer’s completion of the Product and transportation to GSFA’s premises prior to delivery to Customer, in accordance with the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List and/or a valid Change Order(s). d. “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List” means the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services List attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit D, which reflects all Dealer Pre paration under the Agreement absent a valid Change Order(s).
e. “Grand Total Purchase Price ” means the total purchase price for the Product identified in the Product Proposal (subject to any adjustments required or permitted by these Terms and Conditions, including by the execution of a valid Change Order(s)).
f. “GSFA” means Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., a California corporation. g. “Manufacturer” means the person or persons, company, firm, corporation, partnership, or other organization identified in the Product Proposal as responsible for manufacturing the Product . h. “Party” or “Parties” means GSFA and/or Customer, as applicable. i. “Prepayment Discount” means a discount to the purchase price for the Product granted to Customer in connection with Customer’s advance payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price (or portion thereof, as specified in the Product Proposal), if applicable.
j. “Product” means the fire apparatus(es) and any associated equipment listed in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications.
k. “Product Proposal” means the GSFA proposal executed by Customer to which these Terms and Conditions are attached.
l. “Product Warranties ” means the Manufacturer warranties for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit C.
m. “Specifications” means the specifications for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit B. n. “Terms and Conditions ” means these Standard Terms and Conditions , which are attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit A.

2. Purchase and Payment.

a. Purchase. Customer agrees to purchase the Product a t the Grand Total Purchase Price (as such amount may be adjusted in accordance with these Terms and Conditions) , pursuant to the payment terms set forth in the Product Proposal. The Grand Total Purchase Price is payable in U.S. dollars.

b. Contingency Reserve Fund. The Grand Total Purchase Price may include an amount to be set aside for the purpose of funding any future costs or financial obligations incurred by Customer under the Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (the “Contingency Reserve Fund”). If applicable, the amount of any required Contingency Reserve Fund will be set forth in either the Product Proposal or Exhibit D. The Contingency Reserve Fund may be withdrawn against by Customer or GSFA for the purpose of satisfying Customer’s payment obligations under the initial Product Proposal or any valid Change Order (s) (including, without limitation, a Change Order submitted by GSFA pursuant to Section 8.b). If a Contingency Reserve Fund is required under the Agreement, the amount of such fund is not intended as an estimate of the actual additional costs of contingencies, Change Orders, unforeseen items or other required work that may be incurred under the Agreement after submission of the Product Proposal to Customer, which amounts Customer acknowledges may exceed the Contingency Reserve Fund amount. The balance of any Contingency Reserve Fund will be credited against Customer’s payment obligations, or otherwise returned to Customer within thirty (30) calendar days of delivery of all Products under the Agreement (provided that Customer has paid all amounts owed under the Agreement as of such date).

2 c. Prepayment Discount . If GSFA has granted Customer a Prepayment Discount, Customer must provide each associated prepayment (each, a “ Prepayment”) within the time frame specified in the Product Proposal in order to receive such discount. Custom er’s failure to timely make any Prepayment may result in: (i) GSFA’s termination of the Agreement; and/or (ii) Customer’s loss of the Prepayment Discount for the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price represented by such outstanding Prepayment and the application of a late f ee as set forth in Section 6, in each case in GSFA’s sole discretion.

d. State Sales Tax . Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to, the Product. The taxes stated in the Product Proposal are subject to adjustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect at the time of delivery. Therefore, the sales tax set forth on the Product Proposal is only an estimate of such taxes and will be increased or decreased at the time of d elivery if a change in the applicable sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the difference in the applicable sales tax.

3. Product Completion Date . Within thirty (30) calendar days of the date on which the last required signatory executes the Product Proposal (such date, the “Executed Date”), GSFA shall submit to Customer a tentative Product completion date based on the then -estimated time to complete the manufacturing of the Product(s) and for the Product(s) to be ready for inspection and final approval by Customer at the manufacturing facility (which may differ from the Product completion estimate contained in the Product Proposal) . Due to global supply chain constraints, any Product completion date contained herein, or in the Product Proposal, or otherwise provided to Customer, is a good faith estimate only as of the date provided to Customer , and merely an approximation based on current information available to GSFA and Manufacturer . Customer shall not be entitled to rely on any such estimate, and GSFA shall have no liability to Customer for a failure by GSFA or Manufacturer to meet any such estimate. All Product completion estimates are subject to modification and, if applicable, GSFA will provide updates to such estimates to Customer when available.

4. Stock / Demo Units. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Agreement (including Section 12 hereof concerning warranties), any Products constituting stock/demo unit(s) are sold to Customer on an as-is, first-come and first-served basis and GSFA makes no further representation or warranty to any customer with respect to such unit(s). Regardless of the terms of the Product Proposal, GSFA shall only be obligated to sell such stock/demo unit(s) to the first customer to enter into a purchase agreement with GSFA identifying such unit(s), and after the execution by GSFA of such agreement any subsequent purchase agreement (including the Agreement, as applicable) shall have no further force or effect with respect to such unit(s).

5. Multiple Unit Purchase. If the Grand Total Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple Products, the Product price stated in the Product Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Agreement. GSFA shall have no obligation to offer the same price for any Product if purchased by Customer pursuant to a later purchase agreement.

6. Late Fee; Storage Fee. A late fee equal to 0.033% of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price will be charged per calendar day for overdue payments beginning ten (1 0) calendar days after the payment is due and continuing for the first thirty (30) calendar days thereafter. After such thirty (30) calendar day period , the late fee shall increase to 0.044% per calendar day until payment of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price is received; provided that if Customer is a public agency, the foregoing late fees shall not exceed the statutory limit set forth in Section 926.10 of the California Government Code . If Customer is unable to satisfy the delivery requirements hereunder or is unwilling to take delivery of the Product, then GSFA shall be entitled to a storage charge running from the earlier of: (i) the date of delivery agreed to between GSFA and Customer (provided GSFA is willing and able to deliver the Product on such date) , or (ii) twenty-one ( 21) calendar days after GSFA notifies Customer that the Product is available for delivery. The storage charge is equal to: (i) $175.00 per calendar day per apparatus stored, or (ii) the actual charges incurred by GSFA with a third party for storage of the Product, whichever is greater. Such storage charge shall continue until the actual time of d elivery and Customer’s possession of the Product, and any such storage by GSFA or such third party shall be at the sole risk of Customer.

3 7. Delivery; Inspection and Acceptance.

a. Delivery. Subject to Section 5 hereof, the Product is scheduled to be delivered to the location and within the time period specified in the Product Proposal . Such delivery date is an estimate, and GSFA is , notwithstanding this Section 7.a, not bound to such date unless it otherwise agrees in a separate writing to complete delivery by a date certain. For the avoidance of doubt, GSFA is not responsible for delivery delays caused by or because of actions, omissions or conduct of Customer, the Manufacturer, or their respective employees, affiliates, suppliers, contractors, and carriers. Risk of loss for the Product shall pass to Customer at the point and time of delivery (which shall include an attempted d elivery by GSFA which cannot be completed due to any act or omission of Customer) .

However, title to the Product shall only pass to Customer upon d elivery if Customer has then fully paid GSFA all amounts due hereunder (including additional amounts due under any valid Change Order). Absent GSFA’s separate written agreement, which it may or may not provide in its sole and absolute discretion, d elivery of the Product will not occur before Customer has fully paid all amounts due under the Agreement and provided proof of insurance reasonably satisfactory to GSFA. If GSFA permits Customer to take possession of the Product prior to such payment, Customer may not mount equipment, conduct training, or place the Product into service until all amounts due under the Agreement have been paid. If Customer has ordered multiple Products, GSFA reserves the right to deliver such Products in installments and to separately invoice Customer for such Products.

b. Inspection and Acceptance . Upon delivery, Customer shall have ten (10) calendar days within which to inspect the Product for substantial conformance to the Specifications, and in the event of substantial non- conformance to the Specifications to furnish GSFA with written notice sufficient to permit GSFA to evaluate such non-conformance (“ Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications ”). Contingent upon part availability and Customer’s cooperation, any Product not in substantial conformance to material Specifications shall be remedied by GSFA (by repair or replacement, at GSFA’s election) within thirty (30) calendar days from GSFA’s receipt of the Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications. In the event GSFA does not receive a Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications within ten (10) calendar days of d elivery, the Product will be deemed to be in conformance with Specifications and accepted by Customer.

8. Changes to Agreement Terms.

a. Change Orders . The Customer may request that GSFA incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product, or GSFA may submit changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (pursuant to Section 8.b or otherwise), by delivering a written Change Order to the other party hereto , which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficient to permit the receiving party to evaluate such change (either, a “Change Order”). For any Change Order submitted by Customer, GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion) ; and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Grand Total Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, a date on which any increase in the Grand Total Purchase Price must be paid, and an estimate of any effect on production scheduling or delivery resulting from such Change Order. Customer shall have seven (7) calendar days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response. In the event Customer countersigns GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Grand Total Purchase Price by the date specified in the Response. GSFA may also send Customer a Change Order to account for any changes to the Agreement required or pe rmitted to be made by GSFA (including those changes required pursuant to Section 8.b hereof), and such Change Order shall be effective upon d elivery to Customer unless Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement in accordance with Section 9.

b. Additional Changes.

i. Component Price Volatility ; Increases Imposed by Manufacturer . GSFA shall not be responsible for (i) any unforeseen price increase or surcharge enacted by suppliers of major components of the Product (including but not limited to commercial chassis, engine, transmission, and fire pump); or (ii) price increases imposed on GSFA by Manufacturer pursuant to Manufacturer’s terms and conditions for sale of the Product (a “Manufacturer 4 Price Increase”), after Customer becomes bound by the Agreement . Customer shall be responsible for all amounts arising from a ny price increas es for major components of the P roduct (including all ass ociated taxes an d fees thereon) or any Manufacturer Price Increase s occurring after the execution of the Agreement which increase the cost of the Product to GSFA , and such amounts will be documented on a Change Order adjusting the Grand Total Purchase Price accordingly . Customer shall pay any such p rice increase prior to Product delivery. A Manufacturer Price Increase may include, but shall not be limited to, an increase in Product price resulting from an increase in the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing (see www.bls.gov Series ID: WPUID6112) in excess of a compounded annual growth rate of five percent (5%), as measured between the month Manufacturer accepts the applicable Product order and the month that is fourteen (14) months prior to the then- current estimated Product completion date (the foregoing, a “ PPI-Based Price Increase”) . If, upon Customer’s receipt of a Change Order reflecting a PPI-Based Price Increase, Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product o rder in accordance with Section 8.b.iii rather than pay such increase, then in lieu of the cancellation fees described in Section 9.a hereof GSFA shall be entitled to recover and Customer shall pay GSFA’s actual non- reimbursable costs incurred in connection with the Product order through the date of Customer’s termination of such Product order.

ii. New Legal Standards. In the event the Product design, materials or specifications require an alteration arising from new regulations issued by any governmental entity or trade association, including, but not limited to, the NFPA, DOT, and EPA , and such alteration increases the cost of the Product to GSFA , Customer shall be responsible for changes to the Grand Total Purchase Price arising from such alteration. GSFA shall promptly notify Customer when it becomes aware of any potential or required change in regulations occurring prior to delivery that would impact the Product purchased.

iii. Change Orders. Customer shall execute any Change Order submitted by GSFA documenting any of the changes required or permitted by Sections 8.b.i and 8.b.ii above (which shall, to the extent practicable, itemize any increases in the Grant Total Purchase Price and specify a commercially reasonable date by which Customer must pay such increase), unless Customer instead elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement within fifteen (15 ) calendar days of Customer’s receipt of such Change Order and in accordance with Section 9.

Absent such a termination, failure or refusal to execute a Change Order does not alter Customer’s obligations under this Section 8.b.

c. Changes in Commercial Specifications . Specifications for all components of the Product manufactured by companies other than the Manufacturer are subject to change without notice. Specifications for such components will be as available at the time of manufacture of the Product. GSFA shall not be liable for any deviations in such specifications arising from a substitution of components or changes in the design of any component by their original manufacturer.

9. Termination.

a. By Customer. Customer may terminate a Product order identified in the Product Proposal o r a Change Order by providing written notice to GSFA in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If Customer elects to terminate a Product order, Customer shall pay GSFA a cancellation fee as follows: (a) after the Product order is accepted and entered by GSFA , 10% of the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price applicable to such Product (including all associated taxes, fees and costs) (such amount, the “ Product Purchase Price ”); (b) after completion of the pre - construction phase of the order process , 20% of the Product Purchase Price ; and (c) after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or Manufacturer but before substantial completion of such Product, 50% of the Product Purchase Price. Customer shall not be permitted to terminate a Product order after substantial completion of manufacturing and assembly of such Product (excluding any Dealer Preparation or other pre -delivery services or untypical Product customization, if applicable).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the applicable tier of cancellation fee is not sufficient to cover all actual costs and fees incurred by GSFA with Manufacturer in connection with Customer’s termination of the Product order (“Manufacturer Termination Fees”), then in addition to such cancellation fee Customer shall pay the balance of all Manufacturer Termination Fees. If Customer received a Prepayment Discount, such discount shall not be considered for the purpose of calculating the above cancellation fee. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation, 5 as well as the determination of whether a Product has reached substantial completion, shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA. Customer may request a fee waiver, and GSFA, in its sole discretion, may agree to waive and/or adjust such fee . GSFA will return the balance of the Grand Total Purchase Price or Product Purchas e Price, as applicable, within thirty (30) calendar days of the effective date of the cancellation of the Product order or termination of the Agreement.

Customer may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by GSFA after providing GSFA with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination ) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following GSFA’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as GSFA has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable.

b. By GSFA . GSFA may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by Customer after providing Customer with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following Customer’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as Customer has commenced and is continuing to unde rtake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA may terminate the Agreement effective immediately upon written notice to Customer for Customer’s failure to pay any amount owed under the Agreement when due .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if Customer terminates a Product order in accordance with Section 9.a above, GSFA may elect to instead terminate the Agreement upon notice to Customer in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If GSFA terminates the Agreement in accordance with this Section 9 .b, Customer shall pay the applicable tier of cancellation fee for all Products pursuant to Section 9.a above as if Customer had elected to terminate each applicable Product order.

c. Based on Discontinuation or Cancellation by Manufacturer . In the event that Manufacturer cancels a Product order (provided that such cancellation is not the result of an act by Customer in violation of the Agreement) or discontinues the manufacture o f a Product prior to its completion and d elivery: (i) if such Product is the only Product contemplated under the Agreement, then the Agreement shall terminate; or (ii) if additional Products are contemplated under the Agreement, then only the Product order for the applicable cancelled or discontinued Product shall be terminated . Such Agreement termination or Product termination , as applicable, shall be effective upon GSFA’s written notice to Customer of such cancellation or discontinuance in accordance with Section 16 hereof.

GSFA’s only obligation to Customer in such event shall be the return of any Prepayment paid by Customer for the cancelled or di scontinued Product. For the avoidance of doubt, the cancellation fees contemplated in Section 9.a hereof shall not apply in the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 9.c .

10. Customer’s Obligations . Customer shall provide its timely and best efforts to cooperate with GSFA and Manufacturer during the Product manufacturing and Dealer Preparation process. Reasonable and timely cooperation includes, without limitation, Customer’s providing timely information in response to any requests from Manufacturer or GSFA and the participation of Customer’s authorized representatives in traveling to Manufacturer’s facility for inspections and approval of the Product , including a final approval before the Product leaves Manufacturer’s facility.

11. Representations and Warranties . Customer hereby represents and warrants to GSFA as of the Executed Date that the execution of the Agreement and the purchase of the Product(s) and performance of the other obligations of Customer under the Agreement have been approved by Customer in accordance with applicable general laws and, as applicable, Customer’s charter, ordinances , purchasing policies, and other governing documents, and executed by the appropriate Customer employees, officials, and/or representatives , and fundi ng for Customer’s performance of its obligations under the Agreement has been duly budgeted and appropriated by Customer.

6 12. Standard Warranty . All applicable M anufacturer warranties are contained in the Product Warranties . Any additional warranties must be expressly approved in a writing signed by GSFA, and Customer acknowledges and agrees that Manufacturer will not be liable for any such additional warranties .

a. Disclaimer. OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, GSFA, ITS AFFILIATES, AND THEIR

RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS, AGENTS, OR REPRESENTATIVES, DO NOT MAKE

ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT (WHETHER RELATING TO THE CONDITION

OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT, OR OTHERWISE) PROVIDED HEREU NDER OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE

AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH RESPECT TO ANY APPLICABLE DEALER PREPARATION) , WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, THE

IMPLIED WARR ANTY OR CONDITION OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE , AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED BY GSFA.

STATEMENTS MADE BY SALES CONSULTANTS OR IN PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WARRANTIES.

b. Exclusions of Incidental and Consequential Damages . In no event shall GSFA be liable for special, consequential, incidental, indirect or punitive damages incurred by Customer in connection with any matter ar ising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, even if GSFA has been advised of the possibility of such damages, and regardless of whether such damages arise out of breach of warranty, the Agreement, indemnity, whether resulting from non -delivery or from GSFA’s own negligence, or otherwise, except and solely to the extent such damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of GSFA.

13. Default. The occurrence of one or more of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a default under the Agreement: (a) Customer’s failure t o pay any amounts due or to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement ; (b) GSFA’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (c) either Party becoming insolvent or becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either Party under the Agreement which is false in any material respect; (e) any action by Customer to dissolve, merge, consolidate or transfer a substantial portion of its property to another entity during the term of the Agreement; (f) any other material breach of the terms of the Agreement by a Party; or (g ) a default or breach by Customer under any other agreement with GSFA or its affiliates.

14. Indemnification of GSFA . Customer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless GSFA, its agents, servants, successors and assigns from and against all losses, damages, injuries, claims, demands and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses, of whatever nature (“Damages”), to the extent such Damages arise out of or in connection with : (i) Customer’s breach of the Agreement, or (ii) Customer’s use, storage, or operation of the Product following delivery, regardless of where, how, and by whom operated (excluding any negligent operation by GSFA). The indemnification and assumptions of liability and obligation herein provided shall continue in full force and effect notwith standing the termination of the Agreement, whether by expiration of time, by operation of law or otherwise. This provision is not intended to and shall not constitute the exclusive remedy of the Parties under the Agreement; the Parties may seek indemnity from one another under other legal principles, whether based in equity or law, so long as they do not nullify or cancel the effects of this paragraph.

15. Force Majeure. GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default of any provision of the Agreement on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s or Manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes or labor unrest, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of federal, st ate or local government, failure or delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor , supplies or manufacturing facilities, supply chain issues, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, disease, pandemics or epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their agreements or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.

7 16. Notice. Any notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder must be given in writing at the address of each P arty set forth below, or t o such other address as either P arty may substitute by written notice to the other in accordance with this Section 16 , by one of the following methods: hand delivery; registered, express, or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or nationally recognized private express courier. All such communicati ons will be deemed to have been given: (i) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (ii) on the third (3rd) calendar day after the date mailed, by registered, express or certified mail; or (iii) when delivered by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized private express courier.

GSFA: CUSTOMER:

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. To the address listed in the Product Proposal 7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828

17. Contradictions. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and any Change Order, or between Change Orders, the terms of the latest executed Change Order shall control.

18. Manufacturer’s Statement of Origin . It is agreed that the manufacturer’s statement of origin (“ MSO”) for the Product covered by the Agreement, if applicable, shall be retained and remain in the possession of GSFA per California Department of Vehicles (DMV) directive s. Notwithstanding the for egoing, GSFA shall provide Customer with the original MSO if the Customer is self- registering, and Customer shall comply with all good-faith Process of Duty and other DMV requirements applicable to the Product and retain its own MSO.

19. Assignment. The relationship of the Parties established under the Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither Party is a partner, employee, agent, or joint venturer of or with the other. Neither Party may assign its rights and obligations under the Agreement unless it has obtained the prior written approval of the other P arty.

20. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Disputes. Without regard to any conflict of laws provisions, the Agreement is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California. Prior to taking any legal action that may and/or can arise out of the Agreement, the Parties shall first attempt mediation with an agreed upon mediator. If the Parties cannot agree upon a mediator within thirty (30) calendar days of the submission of written notice of a dispute in accordance with Section 16 hereof, if any disputed matter remain unresolved within thirty (30) calendar days of the commencement of discussions, or if any party refuses to meet, then either party may submit any remaining disputes concerning and/or claim regarding the Agreement and/or the terms and conditions herein to the Superior Court, County of Sacramento (and the parties expressly consent to exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue before such court).

21. Entire Agreement; Amendments. The Agreement, including the Product Proposal, its exhibits and all valid Change Orders, is the exclusive agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter contained herein and therein.

No change in, modi fication of, or revision of the Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of both Parties with authority to sign such amendments to the Agreement.

END OF STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
3 Proposal Details Report
OptionCode
Type
Option
ProposalText
0766614
Boiler Plates, Heavy Duty Rescue

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc.
is pleased to submit a proposal to
Alameda City Fire
Department
for a
Pierce® Heavy Duty Rescue
per your request for quotation. The following
paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed.

This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in
1913
. Since then, we have been building bodies
with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over
75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than
62,500
apparatus, including more than
33,900
on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000
total square feet of floor space
situated on approximately
105
acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has
300,000
square
feet of floor space situated on approximately
38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D

1.1-2004
recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D

1.2-2003
requirements for structural
welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B

2.1-2000

requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000
and is performed to American Welding Society standards A

5.20 -E
70 T
1 . Furthermore, all
employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (
3 ) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001
. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to ensure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least ten (
10 )
fire
departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to ensure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty.

A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the
apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (
1 )
39 -minute, professionally produced
apparatus safety video, in DVD format. A link to the video is also available on the Pierce Training website. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
7/15/2025
Customer:

ALAMEDA CITY FIRE

DEPARTMENT
Bid Number:
989
Representative
Klockzien, Dave
Job Number:

Requirements Manager:

Organization:

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Description:

Alameda City Enforcer 23.5' Res
Chassis:

Enforcer Chassis, HDR, Tandem Axle
Body:

HDR, Non-Walk-In, Aluminum
1 989
Bid #:

A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten (
10 ) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than
50 percent on the front axle, and not less than
50 percent nor more than
75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by
Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service, Inc.
by
operating
a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within seventy five (
75 ) miles
of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000
square
feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000
in parts dedicated to
service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operator's manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel,
dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a
24 hour
7 day a week toll free hot line,
four (
4 ) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER
Commercial General Liability Insurance
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence:
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate:
$1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury:
$1,000,000
General Aggregate:
$2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit:
$1,000,000
Umbrella/Excess Liability Insurance
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate:
$3,000,000
Each Occurrence:
$3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other insurance
requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a
30 -day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER
Product Liability Insurance
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years following
acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence:
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate:
$1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when 2 989
Bid #:

required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

Umbrella/Excess Liability Insurance
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years following
acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Each Occurrence:
$25,000,000
Aggregate:
$25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other insurance
requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder. 0661794
Single Source Compliance

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality.
0584456
Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452
RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609
Vehicle Destination, US
0670275
Unit to be Similar in some Aspects,
Excluding Pump Panel

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the Tiller body/aerial to match
26352
as close as possible
. However, some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit. 0816491
Comply NFPA 1900 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2024, With
Exceptions
NFPA
2024

STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1 ,
2024
, except for fire
department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than

48.00 "
above the ground must be defined by a

1.00 " wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533352
Special Services (Rescue) Fire
Apparatus
0588614
Vehicle Certification, Rescue

3 989
Bid #:

0681285
Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Rescue, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, the generator will be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and certify that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989
,
Standard on
Breathing Air
Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection .
0816495
Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1900

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA
1900
standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be
third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0620362
Consortium, HGAC

0535579
Not Required, Unit of Measure, (no
pump, no tank)
0030006
Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5 percent bid bond to
accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570
. The
bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty, and for the
prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety
bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.
0816571
Performance Bond, 100% with 25%
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond, PPI Terms

PERFORMANCE BOND,
1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100
percent
of the total contract amount within
30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570
) with a minimum A.M. Best
Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One ( 1 ) Year Limited
Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to
25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (
1 ) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter.

Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.

If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing [www.bls.gov Series ID:

WPUID
6112
] ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of

5.0%
or more
between the month Pierce accepts the order ("Order Month") and a month 14 months prior to the
then predicted Ready For Pickup date ("Evaluation Month"), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over

5.0%
for each year or fractional year between the Order
Month and the Evaluation Month.

The seller will document any such updated price for the customer's approval before proceeding and provide an option to cancel the order.
4 989
Bid #:

0000007
Approval Drawing

APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0672031
Drawing, Cab, Top View, Seating and
EMS Cabinets, Reference Only

DRAWING, CAB TOP VIEW
On the sales drawing a top view of the cab seating and EMS cabinets will be provided. The top view will be a reference only of the seating and EMS cabinets in the order. 0781461
Electrical Diagrams, Hard, CD or
USB Flash Features

ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
There will be electrical wiring diagrams, provided for the model of chassis and body in the following configurations:
no hard copies of the electrical diagrams
one (
1 ) USB flash drive with the electrical diagrams provided no CDs of the electrical diagrams provided
0787669
Enforcer Chassis, HDR, Tandem Axle

ENFORCER CHASSIS
The Pierce Enforcer
™
is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0021007
Maximum Overall Height

MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT
The maximum overall height of the apparatus will be
139.50
" (
11 '-
7 ")
.
0523786
Angle of Approach

ANGLE OF APPROACH
The angle of approach will be
13 degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a
loaded
state.
0523787
Angle of Departure

ANGLE OF DEPARTURE
The angle of departure will be

11.0 degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a loaded
state.
0000110
Wheelbase

WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be
239.50
.
0000070
GVW Rating

GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be
68,800
lbs
.
0729280
Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Enforcer
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (
2 ) steel channels bolted to five (
5 ) cross members or
more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a

13.38 " tall web over
the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to

10.75 " over the rear
axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of

25.992
cubic inches and a resisting bending
moment (rbm) of
3,119,040
in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of

18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of
2,275,200
in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails
will be constructed of
120,000
psi yield strength heat-treated

0.38 " thick steel with

3.50 " wide
flanges.
0889469
Frame Liner, "C/Inv L" 12.50" x 3.00"
x .25", AXT/Vel/Imp/Enf, 56" QVal

FRAME REINFORCEMENT
In addition, a mainframe internal liner will be provided. The liner will be an internal "C" design that steps to an internal "L" design over the rear axle. It will be heat-treated steel measuring

12.50 " x

3.00 " x

0.25 " through the front portion of the liner, stepping to

9.38 " x

3.00 " x

0.25 " through the
rear portion of the liner. Each liner will have a section modulus of

13.58 cubic inches, yield
strength of
110,000
psi, and rbm of
1,494,042
in-lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be
4,391,869
in-lb.

The frame liner will be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail and extend the full length of the frame.
5 989
Bid #:

0629940
Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 22,800 lb, Enforcer

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-
4 ® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of
22,800
lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of
100,000
-psi yield strength
8630
steel and the lower control arm casting will be
made of
55,000
-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000
-psi yield strength
steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (
9 ) grease fittings supplied, one (
1 ) on each control arm pivot and one (
1 ) on
the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends will have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to
45 degrees.
0010427
Suspension, Front TAK-4, 22,800 lb,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf/SFR

FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-
4 ™
independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of
22,800
lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least

10.00 " of total wheel travel and a
minimum of

3.75 " before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims.

One can adjust for a lean within
15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000
miles of
inner city driving.
0087572
Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322
Oil Seals, Front Axle

FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0899438
Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX
MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear
425/65
R

22.50 radials,
20 ply Armor Max MSA, rated for
22,800
lb
maximum axle load and
68 mph maximum speed.
0019611
Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x

12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot

The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
0660007
Axle, Rear, Meritor RT46-160, 46,000
lb, HDR/Tiller Tractor

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor
™,
Model RT-
46-160
, tandem axle assembly with a capacity of
46,000
pounds.

An inter-axle differential, which divides torque evenly between axles, will be provided on the rear axle with an indicator light mounted on the cab instrument panel. 6 989
Bid #:

0818721
Top Speed of Vehicle, 68 MPH/109
KPH, Non-NFPA/ULC 2024

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
NFPA
1900
and ULC
515
,
2024
edition requires limits on the top speed of vehicles. NFPA

7.16.1 requires that the maximum top speed of fire apparatus with a GVWR over 33,000
lb will not
exceed either
68 mph or the manufacturer's maximum fire service speed rating for the tires installed on the apparatus, whichever is lower. NFPA

7.16.2 requires that if the combined water
tank and foam agent tank on the fire apparatus exceed
1250
gallons or the GVWR of the vehicle
is over
50,000
lb, the maximum top speed of the apparatus will not exceed either 60 mph or the
manufacturer's maximum fire service speed rating for the tires installed on the apparatus, whichever is lower. It is the intention of the standard to improve safety by limiting the speed of all apparatus to
68 mph, and tankers or heavy apparatus to
60 mph. By requesting an exception to
this requirement, the purchasing authority is consciously choosing to operate their apparatus at speeds above the limits designated as safe speeds by the NFPA Technical Committee on Fire Department Apparatus.

The top speed of the apparatus as manufactured exceeds the NFPA requirements. Per fire department specification of a top speed that exceeds NFPA requirements, the apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA
1900
and ULC
515
standards at time of contract execution.

The rear tires being specified have a top speed limit of 68 mph /
109
kph from the tire
manufacturer.
0581285
Suspen, Rear, Hendrickson FMX 482
EX, Air Ride, 48,000 lb, HDR

REAR SUSPENSION
Rear suspension will be a Hendrickson Model FMX
482
EX, air ride with a ground rating of
48,000
lb. The suspension will have the following features:

Outboard vertical mounted heavy-duty shock absorbers
Utilizes track bars and torque rods to restrict lateral axle movement and maintain constant pinion angles
Super heavy-duty transverse beam to help reduce axle stress while increasing roll stability or resistance to lean
Low spring rate air springs for excellent ride quality
Dual height control valves to maintain level vehicle from side to side 0000485
Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
0619118
Switch, Locking Rocker, Differential
Lock, IPOS, MUX

DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CONTROL
A locking rocker style switch will be used to engage or disengage the differential lock. 0000483
Driver Controlled Differential Lock,
Rear Axle, Tandem

DRIVER CONTROL DIFFERENTIAL LOCK (DCDL)
The rear axle of the rear tandem axle will be equipped with a driver controlled differential lock (DCDL). The control will be located within easy reach of the driver. 0629346
Valves, Dump, Air Ride, Rear Axle,
Prk Brk Interlock

REAR AIR RIDE SUSPENSION DUMP VALVES
The rear air ride suspension will be supplied with a dump valve system provided by the custom chassis manufacturer.

The control will be located
inside the cab and at the driver's side rear of body
.

To prevent accidental activation of the valves, a
5 second timed delay will be built into the control
circuit. The chassis back-up alarm will sound when the control is active.

The parking brake must be applied before the control will be active. Release of the parking brake will automatically inflate the suspension.
0782551
Tires, Rear, Goodyear, Endurance
RSA, 12R22.50, LRH, Tandem

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be eight (
8 ) Goodyear
12 R

22.50 radials, load range H, Endurance RSA, highway
tread, rated for
54,240
lb maximum axle load and
75 mph maximum speed.
0019639
Wheels, Rear, Alcoa, 22.50" x 8.25",
Aluminum, Hub Pilot, Tandem

The tires will be mounted on Alcoa® 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud 11.25" bolt circle.
0568081
Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0620569
Tire Pressure Monitoring,
RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap,
Tandem Axle

TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure
™
tire alert pressure management system provided,
that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of
10 tires
.

The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between
10 and
200
psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops
5 to
8 psi.

Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. 7 989
Bid #:

0801932
Lug Nut, Covers, Stainless Steel

LUG NUT COVERS
Stainless steel lug nut covers will be installed on all lug nuts. 0003245
Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Front Axle

FRONT HUB COVERS
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0013241
Axle Hub Covers, Rear, S/S High Hat
(Tandem)

REAR HUB COVERS
Stainless steel, high hat, hub covers will be provided on the rear axle hubs. 0002045
Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce
Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. 0544802
Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding,
(Up to 44" Diameter Tires)

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-
44 -E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc
wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
0544806
Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal
Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of Zico, Model SQCH-
44 -H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets
provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-
44 -E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted
one (
1 ) forward and one (
1 ) rearward of the left side rear tire
.
0593759
ESC/ABS/ATC Wabco Brake
System, Tandem Rear Axle

ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL
A vehicle control system will be provided as an integral part of the ABS brake system from Meritor Wabco.

The system will monitor and update the lateral acceleration of the vehicle and compare it to a critical threshold where a side roll event may occur. If the critical threshold is met, the vehicle control system will automatically reduce engine RPM, engage the engine retarder (if equipped), and selectively apply brakes to the individual wheel ends of the front and rear axles to reduce the possibility of a side roll event.

The system will monitor directional stability through a lateral accelerometer, steer angle sensor and yaw rate sensor. If spinout or drift out is detected, the vehicle control system will selectively apply brakes to the individual wheel ends of the front and rear axles to bring the vehicle back to its intended direction.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco
6 S
6 M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide
a six (
6 ) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit will then reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.

AUTOMATIC TRACTION CONTROL
An anti-slip feature will be included with the ABS. The Automatic Traction Control will be used for traction in poor road and weather conditions. The Automatic Traction Control will act as an electronic differential lock that will not allow a driving wheel to spin, thereby supplying traction at all times. The ABS electronic control unit (ECU) will work with the engine ECU, sharing information concerning wheel slip. Engine ECU will use information to control engine speed, allowing only as much throttle application as required for the available traction, regardless of how much the driver is asking for. An "off road traction" switch will be provided on the instrument panel. Activation of the switch will allow additional tire slip to let the truck climb out and get on top of deep snow or mud.
0030185
Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc,
Front, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a

17.00 " ventilated rotor for improved
stopping distance.

The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. 0509207
Brakes, Meritor, EX225, Disc Plus,
Rear, Tandem Axle
The rear brakes will be Meritor
™,
Disc Plus, EX225 disc operated with automatic slack adjusters and a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. 0020784
Air Compressor, Brake,
Cummins/Wabco 18.7 CFM

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR
The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with

18.7 cubic feet per minute output.
8 989
Bid #:

0637583
Brake Reservoirs, 6,408 Cubic Inch
Minimum Capacity, Saber
FR/Enforcer

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system capacity of
6,408
cubic inches
Two (
2 ) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below
60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, will be provided with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi
A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below
80 psi (
550
kPa)
1/4
turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750
hour salt spray test.

The air tanks will be painted
same as frame color
.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0630489
Air Dryer, Bendix, AD-9, With Wet
Tank, Heated, Saber FR/Enforcer

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be a Bendix AD-
9 air dryer, with spin-on coalescing filter cartridge and 100
watt
heater.
0000790
Brake Lines, Nylon

BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 0000854
Air Inlet, w/Disconnect Coupling

AIR INLET
One (
1 ) air inlet
with
3 D series male coupling will be provided. It will allow station air to be supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet will be located forward in the driver side lower step well of cab
. A check valve will be provided to prevent reverse
flow of air. The inlet will discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A mating female fitting will also be provided with the loose equipment.
0586772
Box, Recessed, Alum Treadplate, for
Air Fitting

RECESSED BOX FOR AIR FITTING
One (
1 ) air inlet
will have an aluminum treadplate recessed box provided
Driver step well
matching job
38912
. The box(es) will allow the air fitting to be recessed inside the stepwell to prevent damage.
0654158
Cover, Rubber Boot, Air Inlet
Connection

COVER OVER AIR INLET
A yellow, rubber boot will be provided to cover the air inlet connection. The tip will be removable yet still be attached at all times.
0656908
All Wheel Lock-up, Single Prk Brk
Control

ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP
An all wheel lock-up system will be installed which applies air to the front brakes and uses the spring brake at the rear.

Front brakes will apply with the standard parking brake control. 0612549
Fittings, Compression Type, Entire
Apparatus, Tandem Rear Axle

COMPRESSION FITTINGS
Any nylon tube on the apparatus that is pneumatic will be plumbed with compression type fittings where applicable.
9 989
Bid #:

0808503
Engine, Cummins X15, 605 hp, 1850
lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Enforcer
ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Cummins®
Model:

X
15 Power:
605
hp at
1800
rpm
Torque:
1850
lb-ft at
1000
rpm
Governed Speed:
2100
rpm
Emissions Level:

EPA
2027
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (
6 )
Displacement:
912
cubic inches (

14.9 L)
Starter:

Delco
39 MT
™
Fuel Filters:

Spin-on style filter from Cummins®.

The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.

The engine will be filled with FA-
4 10
W
30 oil as required by Cummins.
0811409
Not Required, Engine Contingency
Adjustment
0730808
Filters, Remote Mounted, Oil, Fuel,
X15, VEL/AXT/Enf

REMOTE MOUNTED ENGINE FILTERS
The engine fuel and oil filters will be remote mounted for ease of maintenance. 0001244
High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 0687994
Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression
Brake, Cummins Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low
setting
.

The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released.

The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine.

The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated.

The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 0644227
Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CLUTCH FAN
A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position. 0644573
Air Intake, Water & Ember Screen,
Saber FR/Enforcer

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine.

The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. 10 989
Bid #:

0814375
Exhaust System, Horizontal, Right
Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device.

The exhaust system will include an aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and the aftertreatment device to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab.

The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels and will be flush with
the body rub rail
. The exhaust pipes will be
aluminized steel
.

There will be
an aluminized steel exhaust diffuser reduced to

5.00 " in the center to accommodate
the fire department's air recovery system
with
a standard straight tip on the end
provided to
reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. 0816182
SP
Exhaust, Modified 20 Degree -
Approval Req'd

EXHAUST MODIFICATION
The exhaust pipe will be brought out from under the body at a 20 degree angle to the rear.
0829493
Radiator, Enforcer X15

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

The radiator core will have a minimum front area of
1060
square inches.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief
cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0001090
Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
0803687
Fuel Tank, 65 Gallon, Left Side Fill,
Rear Air Suspension

FUEL TANK
A
65 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of
12 -gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

0.75 " drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only".

0.50 " diameter vent will be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlet.

The tank will meet all FHWA
393.67
requirements, including a fill capacity of
95 percent of tank
volume.
0001129
Lines, Fuel
All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0618791
DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, LS Fill,
Forward of Axle, Common Air Bottle
Door

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
A

4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the left side body forward of the rear axle.

0.50 " drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The fill inlet will be located below the air bottle storage behind a common door on the left side of the vehicle.

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the
event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.
0723716
Fuel Priming Pump, Electronic,
Automatic, Cummins, No Swt Req'd

FUEL PRIMING PUMP
A Cummins automatic electronic fuel priming pump will be integrated as part of the engine. 0684984
Shutoff Valves, Fuel Line @ Primary
Filter, Fuel Tank, Cummins

FUEL SHUTOFF
A fuel line shutoff valve will be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary fuel filter and one (
1 ) at the fuel tank.
11 989
Bid #:

0553019
Cooler, Engine Fuel, Imp/Vel,
SFR/Enf

FUEL COOLER
An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. 0578959
Fuel/Water Separator, Racor Inline

FUEL SEPARATOR
The engine will be equipped with a Racor in-line spin-on fuel and water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters.
0887546
Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison
6 th generation, Model EVS
4000
P, electronic, torque converting, automatic
transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (
2 ) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and
1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with an amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.
0625331
Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push
Button, 4000 EVS

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (
6 )-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be:
1 st

3.51 to

1.00 2
nd

1.91 to

1.00 3
rd

1.43 to

1.00 4
th

1.00 to

1.00 5
th

0.75 to

1.00 6
th

0.64 to

1.00 R

4.80 to

1.00 0684459
Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
0522824
Mode, Downshift, Aggressive
downshift to 3rd, w/engine brake, 6
speed
DOWNSHIFT MODE (w/engine brake)
The transmission will be provided with an aggressive downshift mode.

This will provide earlier transmission downshifts to
3 rd gear from
6 th gear, resulting in improved
engine braking performance.
0801876
Fluid, 4000 Series Trans, Allison
Approved TES-668 Synthetic, IPOS,
Custom

TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES- 668
heavy duty
synthetic transmission fluid.
0001375
Driveline, Spicer 1810

DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810
universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0669988
Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt, TAK-
4, Eaton Pump, w/Cooler

STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M
110
, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton, Model VN
20 , hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
0605356
Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without
Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be

18.00 " in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4 -
spoke design.
12 989
Bid #:

0690274
Logo/Emblem, on Dash

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH
The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (
3 ) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (
8 ) characters in the first row,
11 characters in the second row and
11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be:

ALAMEDA
The second row of text will be:

FIRE
The third row of text will be:

DEPARTMENT
0612391
Oil, Steering Gear, 15W40, CK-4

STEERING GEAR OIL
15 W
40 , CK-
4 oil will be provided for the steering gear.
0820941
SP
Bumper, Non-Extended, Polished
S/S, Saber FR/Enforcer
BUMPER
A one (
1 ) piece bumper manufactured from
8 gauge formed stainless steel with a
3/8
" bend
radius. The bumper will be a minimum of

10.00 " high with a

1.50 " top and bottom flange. The
bumper will have
45 degree corners. The bumper will be metal finished and bright polished finish.

9.00 " formed steel channel will be mounted directly behind bumper for additional strength.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face.
0822502
Lift & Tow Package, Non-Extended
Bumper, SFR/Enforcer

LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS
Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems.

The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. 0522573
Tow Hooks Not Required, Due to Lift
and Tow Package

TOW HOOKS
No tow hooks are to be provided. This truck will be equipped with a lift and tow package with integral tow eyes.
0822662
SP
Receiver, Portable Winch, (3), Front
Bumper Extension, 10K, Front/Ends

PORTABLE WINCH RECEIVERS
Three (
3 ) portable winch receivers will be installed under the front bumper extension of the apparatus. One (
1 ) will be facing forward and one (
1 ) will be facing each side of the bumper. On
the forward facing receiver there will be

2.00 " of clearance by the Q
2 B to allow the winch to
attach.

The winch receiver will be constructed of heavy steel tubing, reinforced to the bumper extension framework for the receiving portion. The winch receivers will each be rated for 10,000
lb.

A single electrical plug will be provided under the center of the bumper extension, able to supply power to any receiver.
13 989
Bid #:

0814723
SP
Cab, Enforcer, 7010, w/Integrated
Mast Light Enclosure
CAB
The cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder.

The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have
12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A
356
-T
5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be
constructed from

0.13 " wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two ( 2 )

2.00 " x

2.00 "
outer aluminum extrusions and two (
2 )

2.00 " x

1.00 " inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical
structural members will run from the floor to

4.625
" x

3.864
" x

0.090
" thick roof extrusions to
provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a

0.25 " thick
corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a

0.13 " firewall plate, covered with a minimum

0.090
"
front skin thickness, and reinforced with a full width x

0.50 " thick cross-cab support located just
below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the

0.13 " firewall plate, and the front skin.

The cab floors will be constructed of

0.125
" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall
with an additional

0.25 " thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of

0.375
" of structural
material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two ( 2 ) triangular

0.30 " wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be

96.00 " wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability.

The centerline of front axle to the rear of the cab will be

70.00 " long.

The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately

99.00 ". The crew cab section will have a

10.00 " raised roof, with an integrated
enclosure. The overall cab height will be approximately 119.00
". The overall height listed will be
calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

An enclosure will be integrated into the raised roof of the crew cab to accommodate the mounting of a mast light. The purpose of the enclosure is to conceal the mast light and not disturb cab aesthetics. The cab will appear to have a

20.00 " raised roof with the added enclosure.

The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be

64.50 " in the center and outboard positions.

The crew cab floor will measure

46.00 " from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers.

The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure

61.50 "
to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure

51.50 " to the rear wall.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The cab will be a full tilt cab style.

A
3 -point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.

FENDER LINERS
Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (
1 )-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775
square inches of clear
viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (
3 ) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (
3 ) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements.

The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. 0727969
Engine Tunnel, X15, Foil Insulation
w/Mech Fasteners, Enforcer

ENGINE TUNNEL
Engine tunnel side walls will be constructed of

0.375
" aluminum. The top will be constructed of

0.125
" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room.

The engine tunnel will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. Perforated foil faced insulation will be over a

1.00 " thick closed cell foam affixed with pressure sensitive adhesive and further secured with mechanical fasteners. Thermal rating for this insulation will be - 40 degrees
Fahrenheit to
300
degrees Fahrenheit. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The engine tunnel will be no higher than

18.00 " off the crew cab floor.
0887601
Cab Insulation, Enforcer/Saber FR

INTERIOR CAB INSULATION
The cab will include

1.00 " insulation in the ceiling,

1.50 " insulation in the side walls, a minimum of

1.00 " insulation in the crew cab floor, and

2.00 " insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation.
14 989
Bid #:

0610508
Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable
Seating, Not Available
0632103
Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate
that covers the entire rear wall
.
0763609
SP
Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Remote, Manual
Override, Recess LS Step, Access
Dr, SFR/Enf

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves.

Hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure.

Lift controls will be recessed in the left side front step well. A

0.188
" bright aluminum treadplate
door will be provided over the controls. The door will be vertically hinged, opening forward, with a small D-ring latch.

In addition to the panel controls, a
15 ' remote control will be provided for raising and lowering the cab. The remote control will be stored in the cab. The receptacle for the remote control will be located on the master controls in the left side step well.

The cab will be capable of tilting
43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal.

The cab will be locked down by a
2 -point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position.

The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0695930
Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab,
Enforcer
GRILLE
A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab.
0794201
Scuffplate, Aluminum Treadplate,
Outboard Vertical Floor Risers,Crew
Cab,SFR/Enf

STEP RISER SCUFFPLATE
Aluminum treadplate scuffplates will be provided on the vertical surface between the crew cab steps and floor in the crew cab.
0002224
Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs,
4-Door Cab

DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a

1.00 "
polished stainless steel
scuffplate, mounted on
the striker side of the jamb.
0758591
SP
Caulk, Cab/Crew Cab Stepwell Edge,
Aluminum Treadplate

CAB AND CREW CAB STEPWELL CAULK
The cab and crew cab stepwell aluminum treadplate shall have edges sealed with caulk. The cab stepwell area shall be caulked at the rearward edge along the fender curve at the treadplate transition. The crew cab stepwell area shall be caulked at the forward edge along the fender curve at the treadplate transition.
0647932
Not Required, Trim, S/S Band, Across
Cab Face, AXT/Saber/Enforcer

0015440
No Chrome Molding, On side of cab

0521669
Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style,
Htd/Rmt, w/Htd/Rmt Convex

MIRRORS
A Retrac, Model
613423
, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror, with chrome finish, will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be heated and adjustable with remote control within reach of the driver. 15 989
Bid #:

0648170
Door, Half-Height, Saber FR/Enforcer
4-Door Cab, Raised Roof
DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab door openings will be a minimum of

37.50 " wide x

63.37 " high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of

34.30 " wide x

73.25 " high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of

0.093
". The exterior door skins will be constructed from

0.090
" aluminum.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be
chrome/black
. The exterior handle will be designed
specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide

4.00 " wide x

2.00 "
deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide

4.00 " wide x

1.25 " deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy
gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model
751
. The locks will be capable of activating
when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a

0.38 " pin and
11 gauge leaf will
be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The bottom cab step at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab.
0655537
Door Panel, Polished Stainless Steel,
Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab
Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of polished stainless steel. 0528958
Not Required, Controls, Electric
Window, AXT, Saber, Enforcer

MANUAL CAB DOOR WINDOWS
All cab entry doors will contain a conventional roll down window. 0528251
Electric Door Locks, Cab Doors,
QXS, AXT, Sab, Enf

ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS
The front driver and officer doors will have a door lock master switch that will control all front and rear crew cab door locks. Each rear crew cab door will have its own lock control.

There will be one (
1 ) concealed switch located in an easily accessible chassis specific location that will unlock all the doors.
0709646
Steps, 4-Door Cab, Grip Strut Inserts,
Reduced Bottom Step, SFR/Enf

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two ( 2 ) step design to provide
largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with grip strut inserts to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum

25.00 " wide, and the crew cab steps will be

21.65 " wide with an

8.00 " minimum
depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed

16.50 " in height.

The vertical surfaces of the step well will be
aluminum treadplate
.
0770200
Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled,
Alum, LED Backlit, 4-Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A Hansen knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. Each handrail will be provided with white
LED
lights. The lights will be activated
by the same means as the cab perimeter scene lights
. The LED
lights may be load managed.
0892638
Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts

STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (
6 ) white LED step lights with
chrome housing
installed for cab and crew cab
access steps.

One (
1 ) light for the left side cab access steps.

Two (
2 ) lights for the left side crew cab access steps.

Two (
2 ) lights for the right side crew cab access steps.

One (
1 ) light for the right side cab access step.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. 0002141
Fenders, s/s on cab - Saber/Enforcer

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 0586967
Grab Handle, Chrome, Specify
Location, Qty

GRAB HANDLE(S)
There will be
four (
4 )
chrome grab handle(s) mounted in the interior of the cab vertical on door
interior panel painted surface forward of window (Match location on 36968
driver door)
. The grab
handle(s) will be securely mounted.
16 989
Bid #:

0660261
Grab Hole Red Webbed, Added to
Front Cab Door Webstrap

WEBBED GRAB HANDLE ON INTERIOR CAB DOORS
Installed on the interior of the driver and officer cab door stop strap will be a red webbed grab handle. The grab handles will be securely mounted.
0637984
Window, Side of C/C, Fixed, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CREW CAB WINDOWS
One (
1 ) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. The windows will measure

18.70 " wide x

23.75 " high.
0012090
Not Required, Windows, Front/Side
of raised roof
0779033
Not Required, Windows Rear of Crew
Cab, Saber FR/Enforcer

0786278
Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Right
Side, Medium Gray

RIGHT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted medium gray. 0786283
Window Tint, Behind Cab Door, Right
Side, Medium Gray

BEHIND RIGHT SIDE CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The window behind the right side front cab door will be tinted medium gray. 0786289
Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Left
Side, Medium Gray

LEFT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted medium gray. 0786295
Window Tint, Behind Cab Door, Left
Side, Medium Gray

BEHIND LEFT SIDE CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The window behind the left side front cab door will be tinted medium gray. 0898687
Compt, Saddle, Transverse C/C, Dbl
Pan, Rec Tube, 70" SFR/Enf

STORAGE COMPARTMENT
Provided under the forward facing crew cab seats will be a transverse compartment. The compartment will be open top to bottom with no dividers.

The upper section will be

16.25 " wide x

9.00 " high x full width (transverse) of the crew cab. The lower section will be

16.50 " wide x

25.50 " high x

15.00 " deep on both sides. The compartment will
extend from the bottom of the cab to top of the seat riser.

8.00 " diameter
tube will be provided in the compartment located on
the right side of the cab
.

Part of the tube will be recessed below the compartment floor. The overall height of the tube will be

5.50 " high at the back and

4.00 " high at the front of the compartment for ease of removing the extinguisher.

There will be
two (
2 ) reverse hinged double pan doors painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-Ring latch with
#751
key, one (
1 ) on each side of the cab
with a
web strap for each
exterior door
provided as a door stop. The clear door opening of each compartment door will be

10.25 " wide x

32.00 " high.

The exterior access will be provided with
no scuffplate
on the lower door frame.

There will be
no access
with
no louvers
on the forward face of the seat riser.

The exterior of the compartment will be painted to match the cab interior color. The interior of the compartment will be
painted to match the cab interior
.

Compartment Light
There will be
two (
2 ) white LED strip lights, one (
1 ) each hinged side of exterior compartment
door openings
. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0897792
SP
Trough, Long Tool Storage,
Transverse Compartment, 2-Dr Enf

LONG TOOL STORAGE
There will be
three (
3 )
trough(s) provided for the storage of long tools. The trough(s) will be located in the transverse compartment,
mounted horizontal with all
3 stacked on top of each
other
.

There will be
no restraint
provided to hold the long tools in place.

The size and brand of the long tools stored will be
6 ' D handle roof hooks centered so they can
be pulled from either side
.

The finish of each trough will be
painted to match the cab interior
.
0642028
Locks, Keyed Alike, Cab Compt
Doors & Body Compartments

CAB COMPARTMENT DOOR LOCKS
All auxiliary cab compartment doors will be keyed alike. The compartment doors will also be keyed the same as the body roll-up door compartments.
0745808
Scuffplate, Inner Door Pan, Aux Cab
Compts, Pair

SCUFFPLATE
A full height
polished stainless steel
scuffplate will be installed on the inside of each of the auxiliary cab compartment door pans.
17 989
Bid #:

0794837
Scuffplates, S/S, Door Frame, Three
Sides, Exterior Cab Compts

SCUFFPLATE
Both crew cab exterior compartments will be furnished with a scuffplate on three ( 3 ) sides of each
door frame. Each scuffplate will be
polished stainless steel
with a

0.38 " lip down.
0009019
Roof, Aluminum Treadplate, Raised
Cab Roof Only

RAISED CAB ROOF COVERING
Horizontal surfaces, on the raised cab roof portion only, will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate. The fastening screws and the perimeter between the roof and the bottom of the aluminum treadplate, no more than

1.00 " in from the edge of the aluminum treadplate, will be properly caulked to prevent water from leaking under aluminum. Front and side warning lights will not be mounted on top of treadplate. The treadplate will extend and terminate next to the warning lights.
0602317
Storage Pockets, Elastic Cover,
Recessed, Switch Panel, Saber
FR/Enf

RECESSED POCKET WITH ELASTIC COVER
To provide organized storage (clutter control) in the cab for miscellaneous equipment, the cab interior will be provided with recessed storage pockets. The pockets will be approximately

6.00 "
wide x

2.12 " high and will be constructed of aluminum. The pockets will be provided with a perforated elastic material cover to secure the equipment in the pocket. There will be one (
1 )

pockets installed
panel position
4 . Pockets will only be installed in locations where there is available depth behind the panel.
0539585
Cover, Aluminum, Painted to Match
Cab Interior
COVER
There will be
one (
1 )
painted aluminum cover(s) located
over MedVault inside forward facing
cabinet.
.
0797070
Recess Windshield Washer Fill,
SFR/Enf

WINDSHIELD WASHER FILL NECK LOCATION
The windshield washer fill neck will be located behind the officer side modesty panel. A drop down hinged door with a quarter turn latch will be provided to conceal the fill neck.

This area will be blocked off from the power distribution area next to it to prevent fluid from damaging the electrical components.
0833249
SP
Drug Locker, Knox, MedVault Mini,
5240, Recess Mounted

KNOX MEDVAULT
There will be a Knox MedVault
®
Mini, Model
5240
, recess mounted
recessed into driver side of
crew cab forward facing cabinet as low as possible (ideally accessible from ground) (Battery direct wiring from Blue sea panel behind driver seat)
. A standard door and mechanical override
will be provided. The antenna will be internal to protect it from damage. 0894089
Dash, Heavy Duty Metal, Enforcer

CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be constructed of metal and
painted fire smoke gray
.

The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.
0664452
Bracket, Air Bottle, Zico, ULLH, Load
& Lock

AIR BOTTLE HOLDER(S)
There will be
one (
1 )
Ziamatic, Model ULLH, SCBA holder(s) with a LLS, collision restraint holding strap, provided in the crew cab. The bracket will be a one ( 1 ) size fits all style and will
accommodate SCBA cylinders from the high pressure
30 -minute to the high pressure
60 -minute.

The bracket(s) will be located
on rear cab wall just above transverse compartment floor on left side, spaced off side wall to allow pack to fit
.
0606278
Tray, Equipment Mounting,
Aluminum, Lip, Size

EQUIPMENT MOUNTING TRAY(S)
There will be
one (
1 )
tray(s) for mounting of equipment located
forward of the cup holders on
engine tunnel plate, exact location at final inspection. .

Each tray will have a

1.00 "
lip on four (
4 ) sides. The size of the tray(s) will be
16 " wide x
12 " long
with
1 " lip (match width of cup holders)
.

Each tray will be fabricated from aluminum and will be
painted to match the cab interior
.

Tray not intended for storage of loose equipment. Items stored on tray will be permanently attached to meet current edition of applicable NFPA standards. 0634206
Mounting Provisions, 1/4" Alum, Full
Engine Tunnel, Saber FR/Enforcer

MOUNTING PLATE ON ENGINE TUNNEL
Equipment installation provisions will be installed on the engine tunnel.

0.25 " smooth aluminum plate will be bolted to the top surface of the engine tunnel. The plate will follow the contour of the engine tunnel and will run the entire length of the engine tunnel. The plate will be spaced off the engine tunnel

1.00 "
to allow for wire routing below the plate.

The mounting surface will be
painted to match the cab interior
.
18 989
Bid #:

0725269
SP
Tray, Equipment Mounting,
Aluminum, Lip, Size

EQUIPMENT MOUNTING TRAY(S)
There will be
one (
1 )
tray(s) for mounting of equipment located
on engine tunnel mounting plate
rear of cup holders with exact location at final inspection .

Each tray will have a

4.00 "
lip on three (
3 ) sides. The size of the tray(s) shall be
16 " wide by
10 "
long with
4 " tall sides. (Match width of cup holder)
.

Each tray will be fabricated from aluminum and will be
painted to match the cab interior
.

Tray not intended for storage of loose equipment. Items stored on tray will be permanently attached to meet current edition of applicable NFPA standards. 0750824
Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CARE

CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service.

The engine tunnel will be
padded and covered, on the top and sides, with dark silver gray 36 ounce leather grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease, and mildew .

For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be
painted aluminum
.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.

The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs.

All wiring will be placed in metal raceways.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be
36 oz dark silver gray vinyl
.
0753903
Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted fire smoke gray,
vinyl texture paint
.

The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. 0052100
Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew
Cab, Saber/Enforcer

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp ™
acoustical floor mat consisting
of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a

0.25 " thick closed cell foam (no water
absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 19 989
Bid #:

0722038
HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Enforcer, w/X15,
CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A
54,000
BTU heater-defroster unit with
690
SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The
heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (
1 ) adjustable outlet directed towards the left side cab window.

One (
1 ) adjustable outlet directed towards the right side cab window.

Six (
6 ) fixed outlets directed at the windshield.

The defroster will be capable of clearing
98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at
0 degrees Fahrenheit for
10 hours, and
a
2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J
382
requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be
no auxiliary heater provided in the rear facing seat risers .

Air Conditioning
A

19.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine.

A roof-mounted condenser with a
78,000
BTU output at
2,400
SCFM that meets and exceeds the
performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The condenser cover to be painted to
match the cab roof
.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100

degrees Fahrenheit to
75 degrees Fahrenheit at
50 percent relative humidity within
30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100
degrees
Fahrenheit for a minimum of
4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (
1 ) high performance heating core, one (
1 ) high performance
cooling core with (
1 ) plenum directed to the front and one (
1 ) plenum directed to the rear of the
cab. The rear plenum will be covered with
a metal cover painted to match the cab interior
.

The evaporator unit will have a
52,000
BTU at
690
SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the
performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (
4 ) outlets directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab.

Four (
4 ) outlets directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following:

Minimum of five (
5 ) outlets directed towards crew cab area.

A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be
hinged with two (
2 ) thumb latches
.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-
134
A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (
3 ) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and
air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to
100
percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

The system controller will be located
within panel position
#12
.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (
2 ) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (
2 ) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.
0639675
Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT,
Imp/Vel, SFR/Enf

SUN VISORS
Two (
2 ) smoked Lexan
™
sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (
1 ) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be
a black plastic thumb latch
provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed
position.
0622887
Grab Handles, Driver Door Post,
Officer Door Post Low, Saber
FR/Enforcer

GRAB HANDLE
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The officer's side grab handle will be mounted on the lower portion of the door post. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0583938
Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen, Model
3 SC
0 CDCR,
12 volt DC,

3.00 " white LED light(s) with
Whelen, Model
3 FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.

These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised. 20 989
Bid #:

0631830
Fluid Check Access, Saber
FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One ( 1 )
flush lift and turn
latch
will be provided on the access door.
0817150
SP
Console, 2 Cup Holders, 4" Diameter
x 4 H x 1" Slit, Matting, Center Tray,
Size

CUP HOLDER/STORAGE CONSOLE
There will be
two (
2 )
console(s) located
(
1 ) between driver and officer matching
38912
and (
1 )
between rear facing seats. exact location at final inspection . On each side of the console(s) will
be a

4.00 " diameter x

4.00 " high cup holder with a

1.00 " wide x

3.50 " high slot on the side to hold
beverages with handles. Between the cup holders will be a per option
wide x

4.00 " high storage
area.

Black rubber matting will be provided on the bottom of each cup holder.

The console(s) will be painted to match the cab interior. 0599959
Straps, Velcro, Map Box, Custom
Chassis

VELCRO STRAP(S) FOR MAP BOX
There will be
one (
1 )
Velcro® strap(s)
installed at final inspection
.
0002501
Map box, 4 bin/30 Deg Slant, Custom
Chassis

MAP BOX
A map box with four (
4 ) bins, open from top, will be installed
centered side to side on engine
tunnel slant from crew cab to cab, openings forward. Rear of map box will rest on mounting plate. . The map box will be divided into four (
4 ) bins, each being

12.50 " wide x

2.25 " high x

12.00 "
deep. Each bin will slant
30 degrees from horizontal. The map box will be constructed of . 125
"
aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0583042
Side Roll and Frontal Impact
Protection

CAB SAFETY SYSTEM
The cab will be provided with a safety system designed to protect occupants in the event of a side roll or frontal impact, and will include the following:

A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor will be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor will perform real time diagnostics of all critical subsystems and will record sensory inputs immediately before and during a side roll or frontal impact event.

A slave SRS sensor will be installed in the cab to provide capacity for eight ( 8 ) crew cab seating
positions.

A fault-indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system.

A driver side front air bag will be mounted in the steering wheel and will be designed to protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3 -point seat belt.

A passenger side knee bolster air bag will be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and will be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3 -point seat belt.

Air curtains will be provided in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs to provide a cushion between occupant and the cab wall.

Suspension seats will be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a side roll or frontal impact event.

Seat belts will be provided with pre-tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during a side roll or frontal impact event.

Frontal Impact Protection
The SRS system will provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system will activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the occupants. The cab and chassis will have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor will activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected.

The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event:

Driver side front air bag
Passenger side knee bolster air bag
Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place Side Roll Protection
The SRS system will provide protection during a fast or slow 90 degree roll to the side, in which
the vehicle comes to rest on its side. The system will analyze the vehicle's angle and rate of roll to determine the optimal activation of the advanced occupant restraints.

The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a side roll:

Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place 21 989
Bid #:

0622618
Seating Capacity, 5 Belted Seats

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity of the vehicle (including tiller cab and belted seat positions in the rescue body) will be five (
5 ).
0636955
Seat, Driver, Pierce PSV, Air Ride,
High Back, Safety, PRIMARY,
SFR/Enf

DRIVER SEAT
A seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (

6.00 " travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have an adjustable reclining back. The seat back will be a high back style with side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 "
deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated in the event of a side roll, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0632926
Seat, Officer, Pierce PSV, Air Ride,
SCBA, Safety, PRIMARY, SFR/Enf

OFFICER SEAT
A seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 " deep foam cushions
designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat back will be an SCBA back style with
5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will
be adjustable from front to rear in

1.00 " increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA
cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt and then retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0792468
Radio Compartment, Behind Officer
Seat, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIO COMPARTMENT
A compartment for the radio amplifier will be located on the floor of the cab behind the officer seat. A lift-up door with a chrome plated lift and turn latch will be provided for access. The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. 0630152
Seat, Rr Fcng C/C, LS Otbrd, Pierce
PSV, SCBA, 17" Btm, Safety,
PRIMARY, SFR/Enf

REAR FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) rear facing seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 " deep foam cushions designed with
EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat back will be an SCBA back style with
5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will
be adjustable from front to rear in

1.00 " increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA
cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0102783
Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
0630150
Seat, Rr Fcng C/C, RS Otbrd, Pierce
PSV, SCBA, 17" Btm, Safety,
PRIMARY, SFR/Enf

REAR FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) rear facing seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 " deep foam cushions
designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat back will be an SCBA back style with
5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will
be adjustable from front to rear in

1.00 " increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA
cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0108189
Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing
C/C, LS Outboard
22 989
Bid #:

0826455
Cabinet, Fwd Fcng, Ctr, 38.50 W x 50
H x 18 D, Web, SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING CENTER CABINET
A forward facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the center position.

The cabinet will be

38.50 " wide x

50.00 " high x

18.00 " deep. The interior door will be web netting.

The netting will be made with

1.00 " wide nylon material with

2.00 " openings permanently fastened
on the bottom with spring clip and hook fasteners on the top to secure it . The clear door opening
will be

36.00 " wide x

47.00 " high.

The cabinet will include
two (
2 ) infinitely adjustable shelves with a

1.25 " up-turned lip
painted to
match the cab interior
.

The cabinet will include
no louvers
.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) white Amdor LED strip light installed on the left side of the interior cabinet door opening and one (
1 ) white Amdor LED strip light installed on the right side of the interior cabinet door opening
. The lighting will be controlled by a rocker switch on the front of the cabinet. 0632582
Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, RS Otbrd,
Pierce PSV, Hi-Back, Foldup, Safety,
SECONDARY,Enf

FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing foldup seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For
optimal comfort, the seat will be a minimum of

15.00 " from the front of the cushion to the face of
the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt around the occupant to firmly hold them in place in the event of a side roll.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0835057
SP
Matting, .13" Rubber, Cab, Tray

MATTING IN CAB CABINET
Black rubber matting will be provided in
two (
2 )
tray(s) located
trays forward and rear of cup
holders on engine mounting plate in cab.
.

The matting will be

0.13 " thick with corrugated top ribs.
0689246
Panel, Dress, Below EMS Compt.,
Each

DRESS PANEL
There will be a dress panel fabricated and supplied beneath one (
1 )
forward facing crew cab
cabinet(s) within the crew cab. Each panel will be fabricated and painted to match the cabinet texture and color. Each panel will be fastened to dress, or complete, the area under the cabinet, allowing it to appear as though it is part of that cabinet. The panel will be added to area beneath
center forward facing cabinet in crew cab
cabinet(s).
0820412
Fasteners, Mechanical, Strip Lighting,
Cab Compartments

BRACKETS/CLAMPS FOR COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
Metal clamps will be used to retain the strip lighting in all cab compartments. 0766467
Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Vinyl,
Seats Inc, CARE

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be leather grain
36 oz black vinyl
resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The
cab and tiller cab (if applicable) will have
five (
5 )
seating positions.
0543991
Bracket, Air Bottle, Hands-Free II,
Cab Seats

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a "Hands-Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest.

For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9 G.

There will be a quantity of
three (
3 )
SCBA brackets.
0734952
Door, Access, Front, (2) Rear Facing
Seat Risers, No Heater

ACCESS DOOR
An access door will be provided in the front edge of each rear facing seat riser with a drop down door. The drop down door will be provided with a
flush lift and turn latch
and
painted to match the
cab interior
. There will be
louvers provided on the door of the cabinet for ventilation .
0603866
Seat Belt, Dual Retractor,
ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer

SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red
seat belts. To provide quick,
easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and CAN/ULC - S 515
standards.

The
3 -point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3 -point shoulder type seat belts
will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

The
3 -point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach® D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a
3 -point shoulder type belts only.

To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. 23 989
Bid #:

0817557
Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1900
,
2024
edition, section

11.1.8.4.1 and CAN/ULC S
515:2024
edition, section

5.2 ,
requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
0647632
Lights, Dome, Wln 60C*EGCS Dual
LED 4 Lts

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Whelen, Model
60 C*EGCS,

6.00 " round dual LED dome lights provided.

Two (
2 ) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two ( 2 )
lights will be installed and located, one (
1 ) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be
red and white
.

The white LED's will be controlled by
the door switches and the lens switch
.

The color LED's will be controlled by
the lens switch
.
0813183
Not Required, Enhanced Software for
Cab and Crew Cab Dome Lts
0746938
SP
Handlts, (4) BAYCO Nightstick XPR-
5582RX 12v

HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT
There will be four (
4 ) Nightstick Model XPR-
5582
-*X, flashlights with white LED lights and
rechargeable battery packs,
12 volt DC chargers and
yellow
bodies provided and installed
determined at pre-construction
.
0643574
SP
Handlight, Pelican, 3765PL,
Rechargeable Flashlight, 6061F 12V
Charger

HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT
There will be
four (
4 )
Pelican Products Model
3765
PL, rechargeable light(s) with Model
6061
F,
12 volt DC direct wire charger(s) installed
in cab with locations provided at pre-construction
.
0603606
Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges,
Chrome Bezels, Enf MUX

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel will include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (
10 ) ivory faced gauges with chrome bezels to
monitor vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (volts):

Low volts (

11.8 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
High volts (

15.5 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low volts (

11.3 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very high volts (

16.0 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale)
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fuel (
1/8
full)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low fuel (
1/32
full)
Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):

Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fluid (
1/8
full)
24 989
Bid #:

Amber indicator light in gauge dial
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) Side roll fault (where applicable)
Front air bag fault (where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (
3 ) to five (
5 ) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every
30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained rocker switch will be
provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights.

Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three ( 3 )-position momentary rocker switch
will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use.

Ignition switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for
3 to
5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists.

Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system.

Engine start switch: A two (
2 )-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.

Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Windshield wiper control will include low, high and intermittent modes.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight will be provided.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged.
"OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high 25 989
Bid #:

idle engagement.

Emergency switching will be controlled by
multiple individual warning light switches for
various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included
.

An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (
4 ) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six ( 6 ) switch
panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
Roll sensor diagnostic port
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (
4 )-row by
20 -character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (
3 ) sections. Each section will have a
dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist.
0509511
Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
0543751
Light, Do Not Move Apparatus

"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On."
The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm

when the parking brake is released.
26 989
Bid #:

0835004
SP
Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply, Alameda, HDR

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone
™,
color display located within sight of the
driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
LS Cab Door Open (Left Side Cab Door Open)
RS Cab Door Open (Right Side Cab Door Open)
LS Crew Cab Door Open (Left Side Crew Cab Door Open)
RS Crew Cab Door Open (Right Side Crew Cab Door Open)
LS Body Door Open (Left Side Body Door Open)
RS Body Door Open (Right Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
LS Ladder Rack Down (Left Side Ladder Rack Down)
RS Ladder Rack Down (Right Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Left Hatch Open (Left Hatch Compartment Door Open)
Right Hatch Open (Right Hatch Compartment Door Open)
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
0611683
Switching, Cab Instrument Lower
Console & Overhead, Membrane,
Enforcer WiFi MUX

SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight ( 8 ) membrane-type switches
each rated for one million (
1,000,000
) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (
8 ) switch
assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.

Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.

The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (
2 )-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.
0802940
Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, Saber FR/Enforcer

WIPER CONTROL
Wiper control will consist of a two (
2 )-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control will be
located above the ignition switch
.
0826636
Wiring, Spare, (1) 15A 12V DC, Multi
Loc, Cab, B+, 1st, NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUITS
There will be one (
1 ) shared
15 amp circuit, including a positive and a negative wire, dropped out in multiple locations on the apparatus. All dropout locations will be wired in a parallel configuration.

The wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be capable of carrying
10 amps
The spare wiring circuit will be located and terminated as follows:

Spare circuit drop
#1
will
be located in the cab dash on the right side
and termination
with
15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover
Spare circuit drop
#2
will
be located behind switch panel
#14
and termination
with
15 amp, power
point plug with rubber cover
Spare circuit drop
#3
will
be located behind switch panel
#14
and termination
with
15 amp, power
point plug with rubber cover
Spare circuit drop
#4
will
recessed into side of center forward facing cabinet so power point accessible from left RF seat.
and termination
with
15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover
Spare circuit drop
#5
will
recessed into side of center forward facing cabinet so power point accessible from right seats.
and termination
with
15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover
Spare circuit drop
#6
will
not be required
and termination
is not required with no location
Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard.

Battery Direct loads cannot be Load Managed.
27 989
Bid #:

0821263
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Ckt
FB, Blue Sea 5026 Batt Dir 1st
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (
1 ) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be capable of carrying
20 amps.

Power and ground will terminate
mounted to engine tunnel behind driver seat. (Used for ( 5 )
portable radio chargers and (
4 ) Pelican lights on mounting plate.)
.

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model
5026
,
12 circuit with negative bus bar, straight
blade fuse block. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard.

Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0819994
Radio, Jensen, AM/FM/WB, Bluetooth

STEREO RADIO
There will be one heavy duty AM/FM / Weatherband / Bluetooth stereo radio. The radio will be installed
per instrument panel layout
. There will be

5.25 " speakers installed
one (
1 ) pair of

5.25 "
speakers in the cab and one (
1 ) pair of

5.25 " speakers in the crew cab
. The antenna will be
a
roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof .

The following Jensen features will be included:
180
watts max power (
45 W x
4 );
100
watts RMS (
25 W x
4 )
Bluetooth® streaming audio (A
2 DP/AVRCP)
Weatherband
AM/FM tuner with
30 presets
Audio settings (volume/bass/treble/balance/fade)
Toggle switch between day and night display
Daylight-readable, segmented LCD
Two-wire power with non-volatile memory and clock support Low battery alert
0814201
Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a

7.00 " diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -
40 to
158
degrees Fahrenheit
LCD optically bonded to hardened AR glass lens
Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of
1000
nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read
US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (
1 ) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen
Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
28 989
Bid #:

There will be four (
4 ) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or
24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 29 989
Bid #:

0816633
Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert
(R2V), HA7

COLLISION MITIGATION
There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA
7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R
2 V) collision avoidance system
provided on the apparatus. The HA
7 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module dimensions are

5.40 " long x

2.70 " wide x

1.30 " high, and operating temperature range is
-
40 degrees Celsius to
85 degrees Celsius.

The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power and ground.

While responding with emergency lights on, the HA
7 transponder sends alert messages via
cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA
7 transponder sends road hazard alerts to
motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

The HA
7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R
2 V) collision avoidance system will include
the transponder and
a
5 year cellular plan subscription
.

Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal.
0606248
Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display
Seat Belt Monitor, Unique Alarm

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Internal clock syncs the time and date when a laptop is connected Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone ™
color display.

The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to
10 seating positions indicating the status of each
seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
FAULT = Blue LED indicator illuminated
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. The alarm will have a unique sound that will be different than all other alarm sounds on the vehicle. A "Seat Belt Alarm" label will be provided above this buzzer.
0832307
SP
Intercom, David Clark, Up to 4
Wireless, (D,O,RPTT), 4obC, Ext
Antenna

INTERCOM SYSTEM
A six (
6 ) position David Clark intercom system with wireless single radio interface capability for up to four (
4 ) users will be provided with a roof mounted antenna
left side of crew cab roof behind
radio antenna mount
. The four (
4 ) bay battery charger will be located
charger mounted in center
FF cabinet on top shelf right side outboard edge
. The driver, and officer positions will have wired
single radio interface capable stations with remote radio push to talk buttons located per
instrument panel layout
. Four (
4 ) outboard crew cab positions, located,
at two (
2 ) forward facing
seats and two (
2 ) rearward facing seats
, .The following components will be supplied with this
system:

One (
1 ) U
9922
-G
38 Radio Gateway Module
One (
1 )
40688
G-
96 Antenna
One (
1 ) A
99-14
CRG
12 VDC four (
4 ) Bay Battery Charger
One (
1 ) C
99-14
DC
1 12
VDC battery charger cord
One (
1 ) U
3805
Radio Cord Junction Module
Two (
2 ) U
3815
Radio Interface Modules (Driver, Officer)
Two (
2 ) Remote Radio Push To Talk
One (
1 ) U
3800
Intercom Unit (
1 Crew)
One (
1 ) C
3820
Power Cable
Two (
2 ) U
3802
Remote Headset Station (
2 Crew)
One (
1 ) U
3801
Remote Headset Station (
1 Crew)
All necessary cables and connectors
0637058
David Clark Universal Radio
Interfaces Included with Single/Dual
System

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED
All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to
Motorola radio location
.
30 989
Bid #:

0597914
Headset, David Clark, H3442 Under
Helmet, Flex Mic

UNDER THE HELMET HEADSET
There will be
five (
5 )
under the helmet, headset(s) provided
Driver, officer, (
1 ) FF crew seat and
(
2 ) RF crew
.

Each David Clark, Model H
3442
, headset will feature:

M-
7 A noise canceling electret microphone
Hybrid wire/flex boom assembly,
280
Â rotating, for perfect microphone placement on left or right side
Dynamic earphone elements
Advanced Undercut Gel Ear Seals for superior comfort
Microphone on/off switch
6 ft. extended coil cord
Adjustable overhead support assembly
Carbon steel nape-band spring, black finish, rotates for left or right side mic positioning Independently Certified NRR:
23 dB
0690646
Headset, David Clark w/ Wireless
Radio Belt Station, Under Helmet

WIRELESS UNDER THE HELMET HEADSET
There will be
one (
1 )
under the helmet, marine grade headset(s) with wireless radio push-to- transmit belt station(s) provided
next to charger mounted center FF cabinet on top shelf right side outboard edge. (Reciever on DS crew cab rear wall per SH 2 )
. There will be one (
1 ) user
replaceable, rechargeable, Li-polymer battery included with each belt station.

Each David Clark, Model H
9940
, headset will feature:
6 ' Coiled cord with military grade belt station connector M-
87 type dynamic noise cancelling microphone
Hinged/flex microphone boom rotates
280
degrees for left or right dress
Dual volume controls
Each, David Clark, Model U
9910
-BSW, belt station will feature:

Marine grade, water-tight, impact resistant enclosure with rubberized skin Hands free, full duplex, voice activation
Voice prompts to ensure wireless link status
Water-tight battery compartment
0819255
Hangers For Headsets, NFPA/ULC
2024, Each

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be
four (
4 )
headset hanger(s) installed
driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side
outboard forward facing seat and passenger's side outboard forward facing seat . The hanger(s)
will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA and ULC standards for equipment mounting. 0767363
SP
David Clark Headset Case

HEADSET CASE
There will be
one (
1 )
David Clark, Model
40688
G-
08 headset case provided with loose
equipment.
0690636
Battery for David Clark Wireless Belt
Station

SPARE BATTERY(S)
There will be
one (
1 )
David Clark, battery(s) provided for use with a wireless belt station. 0709553
Install Customer Provided Two-Way
Radio(s), Dual Heads

TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION
There will be
one (
1 )
customer supplied two way radio(s) with dual heads sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed Motorola with transceiver in radio
compartment behind officer seat.
per the shipping document.

The remote radio heads will be located
(
1 ) in switch panel
3 and (
1 ) switch panel
5 .

No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option.

Specific radio shipping requirements will be followed.
0616382
Install Customer Provided
GPS/Multimode Antenna(s)

GPS / MULTIMODE ANTENNA INSTALLATION
There will be
four (
4 )
customer supplied GPS / Multimode antenna(s) with stud mount for thick roof material to be installed on the roof. The antenna coax cable(s) will be run per the packing list / instructions provided to the third party installer.

Specific shipping requirements will be followed. The GPS / Multimode antenna will be sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer prior to cab fabrication. 0559503
Install Customer Provided, Portable
Radio Charger(s)

PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER INSTALLATION
There will be
five (
5 )
customer supplied portable two-way radio chargers(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed To be determined at pre-con
. Specific
shipping requirements will be followed.
0736417
Install Customer Provided Two-Way
Radio(s), Single Remote Head

TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION
There will be
one (
1 )
customer supplied two way radio(s) with a single remote head sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed BK transceiver next to Motorola
behind officer seat.
per the shipping document.

The remote radio head will be located
BK in overhead officer side per IP layout (location
4 )
.

No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option.

Specific shipping requirements will be followed.
31 989
Bid #:

0660274
SP
Antenna Mount, Laird MABVT19530
w/ 30' LMR-195 Cable

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be
two (
2 )
NMO type antenna mounting bases, Model MABVT
19530
for up to
1 Ghz,
located on the cab roof
on crew cab roof best location
with weatherproof cap provided. The
mount(s) will be provided with
30 feet of LMR-
195
coax cable routed within the cab to
antenna
cable routed to Motorola transceiver mounted behind officer seat .
0816158
Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, RS, LS, R,
Cameras, AHD

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (
1 ) Analog High Definition (AHD) camera located on the right side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the right side turn signal.

One (
1 ) AHD camera located on the left side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the left side turn signal.

One (
1 ) AHD,
black
camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.

The camera images will be displayed on the left side vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be
emitted by an amplified speaker with volume
control in the blank panel to the left of the streering column .

The following components will be included:

One (
1 )
1080
P Rear Camera
Two (
2 )
1080
P Side Cameras
All necessary cables
0814861
Camera, Switcher, Pierce, 4 channel,

AHD, CVBS
Camera Switcher
There will be one (
1 ), HMU
318
HD Image Processor multiplexer,
4 channel camera video
switcher with remote control provided to allow single, dual, triplex, quad, trefoil, Y split and PIP view display modes on the vehicle information center display provided. The switcher will have one (
1 ) CVBS, Composite Video Blanking and Sync, standard Definition video output and one ( 1 )
AHD, Analog High Definition video output for High Definition cameras. 0653350
Guards, Vehicle Camera(s), Painted
Smooth Aluminum

VEHICLE CAMERA GUARDS
There will be
two (
2 )
smooth, tapered aluminum guard(s) fastened over the cab / body camera(s) located
(
1 ) on RS cab, (
1 ) left side cab.
. The guards will be painted to match the surface they are attached to.
0683718
Recess, Rear Vision Camera Into
Lightstick Housing

RECESS, REAR BODY CAMERA
A recessed box will be installed in the light stick housing in the rear body to protect the back up camera from damage.
0890416
Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System,
Enforcer, WiFi CZT

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of
125
percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules,
electronic control modules to include a see through housing, a power indicator, a status indicator and circuit indicators
located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J 1939-11
recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX ™
specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J
771
specifications
Operating temperature from -
40 degrees Celsius to +
70 degrees Celsius
32 989
Bid #:

Storage temperature from -
40 degrees Celsius to +
70 degrees Celsius
Vibration to
50 g
IP
67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between
15 centimeters and one (
1 ) meter)
Operating voltage from eight (
8 ) volts to
32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE
802.11
b/g/n capabilities while communicating at

2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will communicate through a
white WiFi antenna
allowing a line of site communication
range of up to
300
feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone ™,
control
and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone ™,
control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to
2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below

11.8 volts DC for more than two (
2 ) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (
3 ) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12 -volt
40 -amp battery switched power
12 -volt
60 -amp ignition switched power
12 -volt
60 -amp direct battery power
There will also be a
12 -volt
100
-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J
551/2
, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio
frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J 1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR
for
10 KHz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J
551/2
and SAE J
1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR for
10 KHz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter
requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high- powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456
Prognostics, Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone ™
information center and/or
wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
33 989
Bid #:

0624253
Electrical System, Enforcer MUX

ELECTRICAL
All
12 -volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at

2.00 " intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108
, will
be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0079211
Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31,
950 CCA each, Threaded Stud

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be six (
6 )
12 volt Stryten/Exide®, Model
31 S
950
X
3 W, batteries that include the
following features will be provided:
950
CCA, cold cranking amps
190
amp reserve capacity
High cycle
Group
31 Rating of
5700
CCA at
0 degrees Fahrenheit
1140
minutes of reserve capacity
Threaded stainless steel studs
Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a
45 degree tilt capacity.

The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. 0615563
Battery System, Single Start, Kissling
Red Switch, Saber FR/Enforcer

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a Kissling, red master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
0002698
Battery Compartment,
Saber/Enforcer

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and be stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery boxes will have reinforced sides. The battery compartments will be constructed of

0.188
" steel plate and be
designed to accommodate a maximum of three (
3 ) group
31 batteries in each compartment. The
battery hold-downs will be of a non-corrosive material. All bolts and nuts will be stainless steel.

Heavy-duty,
2/0
gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound.

Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound.

JUMPER STUDS
One (
1 ) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments.
0812586
Charger, Sngl Sys, Kussmaul, Chief
091-266-12-60, 60 Amp

BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul
™,
Chief Series Smart Charger
6012
, product code
091-266-12-60
,
60 amp battery charger with build-in touch screen display provided.

The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through a junction box located near the battery charger.
34 989
Bid #:

0815826
Location, Crew Cab, Charger, Rear
Facing Seat Riser, Left Position, Loc
The battery charger will be located in the left side crew cab rear facing seat riser located on floor
so screen can be seen / used from outside cab standing on ground .
0811943
Panel, Remote Control, Kussmaul,
Chief 091-266-RCP

REMOTE CONTROL PANEL - BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul
™,
Chief Series Smart Charger remote control panel, product code 091-
266
-RCP included.
0814939
Location, Cab, Ind/Remote, Driver's
Seat Riser
The battery charger indicator will be located on the driver's seat riser. 0811952
Not Required, Indicator/Remote
Status
0016857
Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto
Eject, 091-55-20-120, Super

AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
There will be
one (
1 )
Kussmaul
™,
Model
091-55-20-120
,
20 amp
120
volt AC shoreline inlet(s)
provided to operate the dedicated
120
volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline inlet(s) will include
red
weatherproof flip up cover(s).

There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting.

The shoreline(s) will be connected to
Battery charger and shoreline transfer switch
.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800
Shoreline Location
The shoreline receptacle will be located
on the driver side of cab, above wheel
.
0783395
Transfer Switch, Generator to
Shoreline 30 Amp and Under

GENERATOR TO SHORELINE TRANSFER SWITCH
There will be an automatic transfer switch between the onboard generator and the shoreline inlet.

The loads connected to the transfer switch will be power from the onboard generator when the generator is running.
0009429
Electric Power Only, Portable Winch

ELECTRIC POWER FOR WINCH
Electric power provisions will be furnished for the portable winch from the chassis battery system.

The receiver plug will be located
each side between tandems, Under LS
1 , Under RS
1 , Under B
1 ,
Left side front bumper, Right side front bumper, (
1 ) center front bumper
.

A total quantity of
eight (
8 ) receptacles
will be provided.
0647728
Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy
55SI

ALTERNATOR
A Delco Remy
®
, Model
55 SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430

amps, as measured by SAE method J
56 . The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257
degrees
Fahrenheit (
125
degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 0829011
SP
Programming, Cab Side Scene and
Alley Lights

POGRAMMING CAB SIDE SCENE AND ALLEY LIGHTS
Programming will be provided to control the cab side scene lights when the alley lights are on per the following:

The left side cab scene light will be activated when the left side alley light switch is on.

The right side cab scene light will be activated when the right side alley light switch is on. 35 989
Bid #:

0092582
Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12 -volt
electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle
to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake .

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until
30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire
12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half- second intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0724853
Headlights, Rect LED, HiViz FT-4X6-
4KIT, AXT/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel, Trim

HEADLIGHTS
There will be a HiViz part number FT-
4 X
6-4
KIT, that includes four (
4 )

4.00 " high x

6.00 " long
rectangular LED lights with parking lamp illumination around the outside of the lamps mounted in the front quad style housings on each side of the cab grille:
the outside lamp on each side will contain a part number FT- 4 X
6 -HL with low beam LEDs
the inside lamp on each side will contain a part number FT- 4 X
6 -H with high beam LEDs
the lights will be controlled through the headlight switch The
headlight housing and trim to be chrome
.
0804681
Light, Directional, Wln 604T* Cmn
Bzl, Above Headlts,Sab/Enf

DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model
604
T*, amber LED populated directional lights provided on
the front of the cab, above the headlights.

Each light will be housed in the same quad common bezel as the front warning light.

The
lens color(s) to be clear
.

The flash pattern of the directional lights will be
Steady On (Arrow)
.
0620044
Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Truck-Lite 21290Y LED
2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (
2 ) Truck-Lite®, Model
21290
Y, amber LED lights furnished, one (
1 ) each side
of the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light. 0736083
Lights, Clearance/Marker, Side, P25
LED 2 Lts, Others With Visor Lt

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall length of the vehicle in the following locations:

Two (
2 ) lights with amber LEDs as front side clearance lights will be installed, one ( 1 ) on each
side above the cab doors.

All other forward facing clearance lights will be included with the visor scene light. 36 989
Bid #:

0647899
Lights, Directional/Marker, Cab Front
Side, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED,
Sab/Enf

FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL/MARKER LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Weldon, Model
9186-8580-29
, amber LED lights installed front of the cab
door, one (
1 ) on each side of the cab.

The lights will activate as marker lights with the headlight switch and directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit.
0511569
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
P25 LED 7Lts

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (
3 ) LED identification lights located at the rear installed per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than

6.00 " or more than

12.00 " apart
Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus used as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
The lights will be mounted
with an aluminum guard
.

There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One ( 1 ) each
side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One ( 1 )
each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

Per FMVSS
108
and CMVSS
108
requirements.
0804514
Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For
Hsg

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting included in the rear tail light housing will include the following:

Two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
62 BTT,

4.30 " high x

6.70 " wide x

1.40 " deep brake/tail lights with red
LEDs
Two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
62 T,

4.30 " high x

6.70 " wide x

1.40 " deep directional lights with amber
LEDs. The directional lights will be set to
Steady On (Arrow)
flash pattern.

The
lens color(s) to be clear
.
0806466
Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED,
For Tail Lt Housing
There will be two (2) Whelen Model M62BU, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 0889577
Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (
1 ) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

One (
1 ) white LED light with
chrome housing
will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A
stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
0556842
Bezels, Wln, (2) M6 Chrome Pierce,
For mtg (4) Wln M6 lights

LIGHTING BEZEL
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
6 FCV
4 P, four (
4 ) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce
logos provided for the rear M
6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. 0589905
Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model
1040
, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and
automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten ( 10 ) dBA above surrounding
environmental noise levels.
0578264
Flash Pattern, California Title13, LED
Warning Lights

WARNING LIGHT FLASH PATTERN
The flash pattern of all the exterior warning lights will be set to meet the certified California, Title XIII flash pattern by either the light manufacturer's default flash pattern or by a conversion change to the certified flash pattern.
37 989
Bid #:

0769420
Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW020 LED 4Dr

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Amdor, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
020
,
350
lumens each,

20.00 " white LED strip
lights provided, one (
1 ) for each cab door.

These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. 0616293
Not Required, Lights Perimeter Pump
House, No Pump
0769560
Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY-
LB-12HW012 LED 2lts, Rear Step

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Amdor, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
012
,
190
lumens each,

12.00 "
12 volt DC LED
strip lights provided at the rear step area of the body, one ( 1 ) each side shining to the rear.

The perimeter scene lights will be activated when
a switch within reach of the driver is activated,
a switch within reach of the passenger is activated and a switch in a recessed cup located on the driver's side at the rear of the body
.
0769570
Lights, Perimeter, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW020 20", Brkt

ADDITIONAL PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be
eight (
8 )
Amdor® Model AY-LB-
12 HW
020
,
350
lumens,

20.00 " long, with white
LED's installed with
one (
1 ) light under the rear tailboard, one (
1 ) light under the front bumper,
centered, one (
1 ) light under compartment LS
1 , one (
1 ) light under compartment RS
1 , one (
1 )
light under compartment LS
4 , one (
1 ) light under compartment RS
4 , one (
1 ) light under
compartment LS
5 and one (
1 ) light under compartment RS
5 .

With the chassis battery switch energized, the lights will be activated by the same means as the body perimeter lights.
0814230
Not Required, Enhanced Software for
Perimeter Lts
0834638
SP
Lights, Step, P25 LED, HDR-NWI,
Rear & Rec Walkway, Perm Lts, Rec

STEP LIGHTS
Step lights will be provided both at the rear of the body and in the recessed walkway on the roof of the body. All step lights will be white LED lights.

There will be one (
1 ) step light provided on each side of the tailboard at the rear of the body.

There will be one (
1 ) chrome plated hooded step light provided every
4 ' in the recessed walkway.

Each light will be recessed.

Additional step lights will be installed under the following conditions:

If a roof access ladder is installed on the rear of the apparatus, there will be one ( 1 ) step light
installed at the top of each roof access ladder.

These step lights will be actuated with the perimeter scene lights.

All steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0729921
SP
Light, Roof Mt, Wln S72M**, 72" Cnt
Feature, Mkr Lts Activated, SUBKT*
Mounts
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be a Whelen® Model S
72 M**,

72.00 " long
32,400
lumens DC powered light provided
on the front cab roof as far forward as practical. The
painted parts of this light assembly to be
black
.

The
light(s) to be installed with flat horizontal mounts
.

The light will include the following:

White scene LEDs
Two (
2 ) amber LED modules as clearance lights
Three (
3 ) amber LED modules as identification lights
Four (
4 ) additional LED modules. The
additional modules to be four (
4 ) scene light modules with
white LEDs
The clearance and identification LEDs will be activated with the headlight switch.

The scene LEDs will be activated when the battery switch is on and by a switch at the driver's
side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel .

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules.

Amber flashing LED modules will be deactivated when the parking brake is released.

The white scene and flashing LED modules may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0768059
Lights, Wln, PCPSM2* Pioneer, 12
VDC, 2nd
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model PCPSM
2 *,
16,000
lumens
12 volt DC powered light(s) with
white LEDs installed on the cab located,
(
1 ) passenger side high between cab doors
.

The surface mount housing(s) will be provided
with a black cover
.

The light(s) will be activated
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and by a switch in a stainless steel cup located on the driver's side at the rear of the apparatus no more than

72.00 " from the ground
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 38 989
Bid #:

0768061
Lights, Wln, PCPSM2* Pioneer, 12
VDC, 1st
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model PCPSM
2 *,
16,000
lumens
12 volt DC powered light(s) with
white LEDs installed on the cab located,
(
1 ) driver side high between cab doors
.

The surface mount housing(s) will be provided
with a black cover
.

72.00 " from the ground
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0889921
Lights, HiViz FT-MB-2.9-*-*, 11.10"
Brkt Fet, 2nd
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
HiViz Model FT-MB-

2.9 -*-*,
9,504
raw lumens

3.46 " high x

11.10 " long x

3.31 " deep
12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs,
a combination of flood and spot optics
and
adjustable mounting brackets installed on the cab
right side cab roof corner next to brow light
mounted at
45 degree angle
. The
light(s) to be installed directly to the roof of the cab .

The
painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be black .

The light(s) will be activated
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by the same control that has been selected for the cab front scene light(s) .

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0889923
Lights, HiViz FT-MB-2.9-*-*, 11.10"
Brkt Fet, 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
HiViz Model FT-MB-

2.9 -*-*,
9,504
raw lumens

3.46 " high x

11.10 " long x

3.31 " deep
12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs,
a combination of flood and spot optics
and
adjustable mounting brackets installed on the cab
left side cab roof corner next to brow light
mounted at
45 degree angle
. The
light(s) to be installed directly to the roof of the cab .

The
painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be black .

The light(s) will be activated
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by the same control that has been selected for the cab front scene light(s) .

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0763610
Lights, Wln, PCPSM2*, Pioneer, 12
VDC, 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen® Model PCPSM
2 *,
16,000
lumens
12 volt DC surface mount light(s)
installed on the body of the apparatus located,
(
1 ) forward on left side body and (
1 ) rear on left
side body
.

The light(s) will include housing(s)
with a black cover
.

The light(s) will be controlled
by the same control that has been selected for the driver's side scene light(s)
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0763608
Lights, Wln, PCPSM2*, Pioneer, 12
VDC, 2nd
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen® Model PCPSM
2 *,
16,000
lumens
12 volt DC surface mount light(s)
installed on the body of the apparatus located,
(
1 ) forward on right side body and (
1 ) rear on right
side body
.

The light(s) will include housing(s)
with a black cover
.

The light(s) will be controlled
by the same control that has been selected for the passenger's side scene light(s)
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0728734
SP
Lights, Rear Scene, Wln, PCPSM1*
Pioneer LED Fld/Spt, Surface Mount

REAR SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen, Model PCPSM
1 , LED scene lights with
black trim
bezels installed
at the rear of the apparatus. These lights will be installed between

30.00 " and
102.00
" above the
ground.

The lights will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and by a cup switch at the driver's side rear bulkhead .
0795742
Not Required, Walking Surface, Alt.

Walking Surface Lights, HDR

39 989
Bid #:

0019030
HDR, Non-Walk-In, Aluminum

HEAVY DUTY RESCUE BODY CONSTRUCTION
The body will be built as a separate module prior to being mounted onto the substructure. The rescue body will be constructed of
5052
aluminum. The structural support framing and the
gussets used will be of

2.00 " (
51 mm) square

0.125
" (
3 mm) wall
6061
aluminum alloy tubing. All
exterior body corners will be

3.00 " (
76 mm) radius aluminum, corrosion resistant alloy
6061

extrusions. Spacing of the

2.00 " (
51 mm) vertical supports will not exceed

14.00 " (
356
mm) on
center. The roof and corner extrusions will be reinforced with interconnecting gusset supports at all stress points. The body will be properly welded into a unitized construction. Proper reinforcing and supports will be utilized throughout the entire construction process to ensure strength and rigidity.

The body will be supported by

2.00 " (
51 mm) x

0.25 " (
6 mm) wall aluminum
tubing. The cross sill tubes will be spaced approximately

15.00 " (
381
mm) on center and
interconnected to the body from front to rear.

1.00 " (
25 mm) x

3.00 " (
76 mm) aluminum bar will be used as a stringer and will be welded to the cross sills. The stringer will be used to mount the body to the chassis frame rails.

ROOF CONSTRUCTION
The roof will be integral with the body construction. The roof will be constructed of

0.125
" (
3 mm)
bright aluminum treadplate and supported by

2.00 " (
51 mm) square

0.125
" (
3 mm) wall tubing
welded in place approximately

12.00 " (
305
mm) on center. The roof will be further reinforced with

2.00 " (
51 mm) square gussets welded approximately every

48.00 " (
1219
mm). The roof
perimeters will be constructed of a

3.00 " (
76 mm) radius extrusion with an integral drip molding.

The roof extrusion will also have an inset allowing the roof panel to be recessed into the extrusion giving further support and sealing effect at the outside edge.

The roof panel will be welded to the roof extrusions and supports. All roof seams will be continuously welded.

BODY AND COMPARTMENT SUPPORT
The substructure for the body will not be integral with the body but will be a separate assembly.

The bottom of each lower compartment floor will be supported by an under slung steel angle grid that will be bolted to the chassis frame rails with grade 8 bolts in order to transfer major stress to
the chassis frame and not through the body. The under slung support will be constructed of

0.50 "
(
13 mm) x

2.50 " (
64 mm) x

2.50 " (
64 mm) steel angle vertical supports. Horizontal members will be

0.38 " (
10 mm) x

2.00 " (
51 mm) x

3.00 " (
76 mm) and

0.38 " (
10 mm) x

2.50 " (
64 mm) x

3.50 "
(
89 mm) steel angle.

The complete substructure will be washed, primed and finish painted before being bolted to the chassis frame. A rubber coating will be applied over the painted under slung support structure for an additional corrosion barrier.

3.00 " (
76 mm) x

0.75 " (
19 mm) rubber liner will be placed on top of the chassis frame rails. The liner will be used to prevent metal to metal contact where the body stringer rests on the chassis frame rails.

The compartment floors will be bolted to the under slung substructure and the body will be secured to the chassis frame by a minimum of four (
4 ) tie-down assemblies. Each tie-down
assembly will consist of two (
2 )

2.00 " (
51 mm) x

6.25 " (
159
mm) x

0.75 " (
19 mm) steel plates and
two (
2 )

14.00 " (
356
mm) long,

0.50 " (
13 mm) diameter steel rods. The tie-downs will be easily accessible so that the body may be removed.
0833320
SP

23.5' Body Length, 52.52.Tandem.52,
NWI

BODY LENGTH
The length of the body will be
282.00
".
0656687
96" Body Width, NWI

BODY WIDTH
The width of the body will be

96.00 ".

Compartment Depth
Standard Depth
All standard depth side body compartments will measure

28.00 " deep from the outside of the
body to the rear compartment wall. The usable depth inside each side body compartment will be

26.00 " deep.

Transverse
All transverse side body compartments will have a usable depth of

26.00 " at the floor level. These
compartments will extend over the frame rails through to the other side of the body. 0639695
SP
108" Body Height, NWI, Tandem

BODY HEIGHT
The height of the body will be
108.00
" (
2,743
mm) without any roof mounted options.
40 989
Bid #:

0833689
SP
NWI, Hatch, (2) Spcl Front Hatch &
Recessed Walkway

ROOF CONFIGURATION
The roof of the body will be configured with two (
2 ) front hatch compartments, side hatch
compartments, and a recessed walkway. The two (
2 ) front hatch compartments will be located at
the front of the body. The side hatch compartments and the recessed walkway will be located rearward of the two (
2 ) front hatch compartments.

The side hatch compartments will run the length of the body on both sides from the rear up to the front hatch compartments. The side hatch compartments will be provided in the following configuration:

There will be
two (
2 ) hatch compartments on each side of the roof
.

The recessed walkway will be centered between the hatch compartments, running the length of the body up to the front hatch compartments.

Hatch Compartments
The two (
2 ) front hatch compartment doors will be designed to hinge on the forward most side, opening towards the rear of the body.

All side hatch compartment doors will be designed to hinge on the outboard side and will be held open with gas cylinder struts.

The outside walls of the compartments will be a double wall design to prevent equipment from denting the outside painted surface.

1.00 " diameter drain will be provided on the floor of each compartment. The drains will be routed to drain below the body.

Size of Hatch Compartments
Together, the two (
2 ) front hatch compartments will span the full width of the body. These two ( 2 )
compartments will be
60 "
long.

The clear width of the side hatch compartments differs depending on the width of the body. The clear width of each side hatch compartment will be as follows:

Clear Width of Side Hatch Compartments According to Width of Body Body Width
Clear Width of Hatch Compartments

96.00 "

26.50 "
100.00
"

28.50 "
All hatch compartments on the roof of the body - including the transverse hatch compartment - will have the same clear depth inside the compartment unless listed otherwise. The inside depth of each hatch compartment can differ depending on the height of the body. The clear depth inside each hatch compartment will be as follows:

Inside Depth of All Hatch Compartments According to Body Height Body Height
Inside Depth of Hatch Compartments

90.00 "

16.50 "

98.00 "

24.50 "
100.00
"

26.50 "
103.25
"

29.50 "
106.25
"

32.50 "
Body Height Not Listed Here
Consult factory for depth of hatch compartments
Recessed Walkway
The recessed walkway will not be less than

30.00 " wide. The depth of the walkway will be equal
to the depth of the hatch compartments. The walkway will be constructed of aluminum treadplate and reinforced with

0.125
" thick,

2.00 " square aluminum tubing on

12.00 " centers.

The treadplate in the walkway will be formed up
90 degrees at least

2.00 " on each side to form a
double

0.125
" vertical wall for a water tight seal.

There will be two (
2 )

1.00 " diameter drain holes provided in the walkway. The drains will be routed to drain below the body.
41 989
Bid #:

0816232
SP
Doors, Roll-up/Swing Down Lap,
AMDOR, Side Compartments

ROLL-UP/SWING DOWN LAP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS
There will be
six (
6 ) compartment doors
installed on the side compartment(s) that will be a
combination roll-up/swing down lap door where the lower section of the door is a swing down lap door and the upper section is a roll door.

The combination roll-up/swing down lap door style compartment door(s) will be provided LS
1 ,
LS
4 , LS
5 , RS
1 , RS
4 , RS
5 . Any compartment door opening that is not specified as having a roll- up/swing down lap door will be provided with a full height roll-up door unless specified otherwise.

The lower swing down lap door will function as a space saving work platform. The platform will be as wide as the compartment door opening and approximately

18.00 " (
457
mm) deep. The
external surface of the platform will be covered in smooth aluminum and painted job color. When folded down, the platform will provide an aluminum treadplate covered stepping surface with a rated capacity of
500
lb (
227
kg). A handrail will be provided on one (
1 ) side of the compartment
for safe access to the platform. A D-Ring latch will be provided to secure the lower section of the door in the stored position.

The roll-up door section will be double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (
1 ) color to
match the lower portion of the body
. The door will be manufactured by AMDOR
™
brand roll-up
doors.

Doors will be constructed using

1.00 " (
25 mm) extruded, double wall aluminum slats, which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up.

The slats will be connected with a structurally driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools. The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.

Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One ( 1 ) fin will be
designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second fin will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.

The doors will be mounted in a one (
1 )-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and the bottom panel will be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of the roll-up door will be equipped with two ( 2 ) cut-outs to allow for easier
access with gloved hands.

A
A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door.

The keys to be Model
751
to match all custom cab doors
The lift bar will be located at the bottom
of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.

All injection molded roll-up door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 Nylon.

Each roll-up door will have a

3.00 " (
76 mm) diameter ballancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door (garage door style will not acceptable).

The header for the roll-up door assembly will not exceed

4.00 " (
102
mm).

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of "open compartment door" warning lights. 0833321
SP

23.5' Body Roll Doors,

52.52.Tandem.52, NWI

EXTERIOR COMPARTMENTS
The exterior compartment layout, dimensions and requirements will be minimum specifications.

The doors will be able to withstand years of rugged service and wear. For this reason, the compartment door design, metal thickness and attachments will be strictly adhered to. The compartment will be constructed of .
125
" (
3 mm)-corrosion resistant aluminum alloy, including all interior panels, floor and sides. The assemblies will be held inside fixtures while being welded.

Compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door frame. All compartments will be supported on top, rear and bottom. The rear wall of each exterior compartment will be welded to the cross sills. Drip protection will be provided over all door openings with an integral roof extrusion or aluminum extrusion.

WHEEL WELLS
The rear fenders will be an integral part of the body sides and compartments. The inside of the fender will be fitted with a full circular inner fender liner. All screws and bolts, which protrude into a compartment, will have acorn nuts attached.
42 989
Bid #:

0833322
SP
Left Forward Compt, 52" & 52" Roll,
74" H, NWI

LEFT FORWARD COMPARTMENTS
First Compartment
The first compartment will be located directly behind the cab. The compartment will be provided with a full-height roll-up door.

Dimensions of First Compartment
Width
Door Frame Opening:

52.00 " wide; Clear Door Opening:

49.50 " wide; Interior Compartment
Width:

54.50 " wide
Height
Door Frame Opening:

74.00 " high; Clear Door Opening:

68.00 " high; Interior Compartment
Height:

76.88 " high
The compartment will be transverse, extending through to the other side of the body. The area over the frame rails will be

54.50 " wide. The height of the area over the frame rails will be approximately

18.00 " shorter than the Interior Compartment Height listed for this compartment.

Second Compartment
The second compartment will be located behind the first compartment and directly ahead of the rear wheels. The compartment will be provided with a full-height roll-up door.

Dimensions of Second Compartment
Width
Door Frame Opening:

52.00 " wide; Clear Door Opening:

49.50 " wide; Interior Compartment
Width:

54.88 " wide
Height
Door Frame Opening:

74.00 " high; Clear Door Opening:

68.00 " high; Interior Compartment
Height:

76.88 " high
The compartment will be transverse, extending through to the other side of the body. The area over the frame rails will be

54.88 " wide. The height of the area over the frame rails will be approximately

18.00 " shorter than the Interior Compartment Height listed for this compartment.

Compartment Loading
Each compartment will be capable of holding
1,400
lb. The area over the frame rails in each
compartment will be capable of holding an additional
1,000
lb.
0766137
SP
Left Over Wheel Compt, 52"-51",
Roll, Tandem, NWI (Fwd Transverse),

45.25" H

LEFT OVER WHEEL COMPARTMENTS
Forward Compartment
A compartment will be provided above the forward tandem wheels. The compartment will be provided with a full-height roll-up door.

Dimensions of Forward Compartment
Width
Door Frame Opening:

52.00 " wide; Clear Door Opening:

49.50 " wide; Interior Compartment
Width:

54.88 " wide
Height
Door Frame Opening:

45.25 " high; Clear Door Opening:

40.25 " high; Interior Compartment
Height:

48.13 " high
The compartment will be transverse, extending through to the other side of the body. The area over the frame rails will be

54.88 " wide x

48.13 " high.

Rear Compartment
A compartment will be provided above the rear tandem wheels. The compartment will be provided with a full-height roll-up door.

Dimensions of Rear Compartment
Width
Door Frame Opening:

51.00 " wide; Clear Door Opening:

48.50 " wide; Interior Compartment
Width:

56.50 " wide
Height
Door Frame Opening:

45.25 " high; Clear Door Opening:

40.25 " high; Interior Compartment
Height:

48.13 " high
Compartment Loading
Each compartment will be capable of holding
1,200
lb. The area over the frame rails in the
forward compartment will be capable of holding an additional 1,000
lb.
0833325
SP
Left Rear Compt, 52" W x 74" H, Roll,
NWI

LEFT REAR SIDE COMPARTMENT
The left rear side compartment will be located directly behind the rear wheels. The compartment will be provided with a full-height roll-up door.

Dimensions of Left Rear Side Compartment
Width
Door Frame Opening:

52.00 " wide; Clear Door Opening:

49.50 " wide; Interior Compartment
Width:

54.50 " wide
Height
Door Frame Opening:

74.00 " high; Clear Door Opening:

68.00 " high; Interior Compartment
Height:

76.88 " high
Compartment Loading
The compartment will be capable of holding
1,400
lb.
43 989
Bid #:

0833323
SP
Right Forward Compt, 52" & 52", Roll,
74" H, NWI

RIGHT FORWARD COMPARTMENTS
First Compartment
The first compartment will be located directly behind the cab. The compartment will be provided with a full-height roll-up door.

Dimensions of First Compartment
Width
Door Frame Opening:

52.00 " wide; Clear Door Opening:

49.50 " wide; Interior Compartment
Width:

54.50 " wide
Height
Door Frame Opening:

74.00 " high; Clear Door Opening:

68.00 " high; Interior Compartment
Height:

76.88 " high
The compartment will be transverse, extending through to the other side of the body. The area over the frame rails will be

54.50 " wide. The height of the area over the frame rails will be approximately

18.00 " shorter than the Interior Compartment Height listed for this compartment.

Second Compartment
The second compartment will be located behind the first compartment and directly ahead of the rear wheels. The compartment will be provided with a full-height roll-up door.

Dimensions of Second Compartment
Width
Door Frame Opening:

52.00 " wide; Clear Door Opening:

49.50 " wide; Interior Compartment
Width:

54.88 " wide
Height
Door Frame Opening:

74.00 " high; Clear Door Opening:

68.00 " high; Interior Compartment
Height:

76.88 " high
The compartment will be transverse, extending through to the other side of the body. The area over the frame rails will be

54.88 " wide. The height of the area over the frame rails will be approximately

18.00 " shorter than the Interior Compartment Height listed for this compartment.

Compartment Loading
Each compartment will be capable of holding
1,400
lb. The area over the frame rails in each
compartment will be capable of holding an additional
1,000
lb.
0766136
SP
Right Over Wheel Compt, 52"-51",
Roll, Tandem, NWI (Fwd Transverse),

45.25" H

RIGHT OVER WHEEL COMPARTMENTS
Forward Compartment
A compartment will be provided above the forward tandem wheels. The compartment will be provided with a full-height roll-up door.

Dimensions of Forward Compartment
Width
Door Frame Opening:

52.00 " wide; Clear Door Opening:

49.50 " wide; Interior Compartment
Width:

54.88 " wide
Height
Door Frame Opening:

45.25 " high; Clear Door Opening:

40.25 " high; Interior Compartment
Height:

48.13 " high
The compartment will be transverse, extending through to the other side of the body. The area over the frame rails will be

54.88 " wide x

48.13 " high.

Rear Compartment
A compartment will be provided above the rear tandem wheels. The compartment will be provided with a full-height roll-up door.

Dimensions of Rear Compartment
Width
Door Frame Opening:

51.00 " wide; Clear Door Opening:

48.50 " wide; Interior Compartment
Width:

56.50 " wide
Height
Door Frame Opening:

45.25 " high; Clear Door Opening:

40.25 " high; Interior Compartment
Height:

RIGHT REAR SIDE COMPARTMENT
The right rear side compartment will be located directly behind the rear wheels. The compartment will be provided with a full-height roll-up door.

Dimensions of Right Rear Side Compartment
Width
Door Frame Opening:

52.00 " wide; Clear Door Opening:

49.50 " wide; Interior Compartment
Width:

54.50 " wide
Height
Door Frame Opening:

74.00 " high; Clear Door Opening:

68.00 " high; Interior Compartment
Height:

76.88 " high
Compartment Loading
The compartment will be capable of holding
1,400
lb.
0833717
SP
Rear Compt, Roll/Swing Down Lap
Door, 74" H, AMDOR, Tandem Axle

REAR COMPARTMENT
Rear Door
A combination roll-up/swing down lap door will be provided. The lower section of the door will be a swing down lap door and the upper section will be a roll-up door.

The lower swing down lap door will function as a space saving work platform. The platform will be as wide as the compartment door opening and approximately

18.00 " deep. The external surface
of the platform will be covered in smooth aluminum and painted job color. When folded down, the platform will provide an aluminum treadplate covered stepping surface with a rated capacity of 500
lb. A handrail will be provided on one (
1 ) side of the compartment for safe access to the
platform. A D-Ring latch will be provided to secure the lower section of the door in the stored position.
44 989
Bid #:

The roll-up door section will be double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (
1 ) color to
match the lower portion of the body
. The door will be manufactured by AMDOR
™
brand roll-up
doors.

The roll-up door will be constructed using

1.00 " extruded, double wall aluminum slats, which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up.

The door will be mounted in a one (
1 )-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutter and the bottom panel will be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of the roll-up door will be equipped with two ( 2 ) cut-outs to allow for easier
access with gloved hands.

A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model
751
to match all compartment and cab doors
The lift bar will be located at the
bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.

All injection molded roll-up door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 Nylon.

The roll-up door will have a

3.00 " diameter ballancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door (garage door style will not acceptable).

The header for the roll-up door assembly will not exceed

4.00 ".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of "open compartment door" warning lights.

Compartment Door Size
Dimensions of Roll-Up Door (

96.00 " or
100.00
" Wide Body)
Door Frame Opening
Clear Door Opening
With Recessed Walkway on Roof of Body
Width:

40.00 "
Height:

74.00 "
Width:

37.25 "
Height:

67.13 "
Without Recessed Walkway on Roof of Body
Width:

40.00 "
Height:

89.75 "
Width:

37.25 "
Height:

83.88 "
Interior Dimensions
Interior Width of Rear Compartment
Body Width
Interior Width of Compartment

96.00 " or
100.00
"

40.00 "
The frame rails will extend part of the way into the rear compartment at the floor level creating two (
2 ) different values for the height and depth of the compartment. Both the height and depth of the compartment will be different when measured behind the frame rails as compared to when measured above the frame rails.

Interior Height of Rear Compartment
Full Height (Behind Frame Rails)
Height Above Frame Rails
Any Body with Recessed Walkway on Roof of Body

77.00 "

59.37 "

90.00 " (
2,286
mm) High Body without Recessed Walkway

92.75 "

75.12 "

98.00 " (
2,489
mm) High Body without Recessed Walkway
100.75
"

83.12 "
Non-Standard Body Height without Recessed Walkway
Dimension available upon request
Dimension available upon request
Depth of Rear Compartment
The rear compartment will be

26.00 " deep at the floor level behind the frame rails.

The depth of the rear compartment above the frame rails can vary according to the configuration of the body. This dimension is dependent upon both the width and depth of the following compartments:

Left Rear Side Compartment
Right Rear Side Compartment
Tandem Left Over the Wheel Compartments
Tandem Right Over the Wheel Compartments
Depth of Rear Compartment Over the Frame

48.00 " Rear Side Compts

60.00 " Rear Side Compts
Rear Side Compts
: Width Not Listed Here
Rear
Side Compts: Transverse (Any Width)
Standard Over Wheel Compts
165.25
"
177.25
"
Width of Side Rear Compts +
117.25
"
No compartment
Forward Compt Transverse/Rearward Compt Standard
45 989
Bid #:

110.75
"
122.75
"
Width of Side Rear Compts +

60.50 "
No compartment
Both Over Wheel Compts
Transverse

51.88 "

63.88 "
Width of side Rear Compts +

5.88 "
No compartment
Over Wheel Compts: Non-Standard Width and/or Depth
Dimension available upon request
Dimension available upon request
Dimension available upon request
No compartment
Compartment Loading
The compartment will be capable of holding
1,000
lb. The area over the frame rails will be
capable of holding an additional
2,000
lb.
0669051
SP
MODIFICATION, Shelf Track, Full
Height
All shelf track is to be full height of the area in which it is installed. 0709686
SP
MODIFICATION, Horizontal Roller
Guide Bracket, IPOS

HORIZONTAL ROLLER GUIDE BRACKET
The reel roller guide brackets for each reel will be mounted horizontal to the ceiling of the compartment just below the reel mounted in the hatch compartment. 0790189
SP
MODIFICATION, Cable in Hatch
Compt, IAT Gas Struts

CABLE IN HATCH COMPARTMENT
Cable will be provided in the hatch compartment. The cable will be provided in addition to the gas cylinder struts provided to hold open the hatch compartment. The cable will allow the hatch cover to be fully opened.

The cable will be provided for
twelve (
12 )
hatch compartment(s) located
all hatch compartment
doors, (
1 ) on each side of each door
.
0726234
SP
MODIFICATION, Raised Rear Roll-up
Door, Raised 10"

RAISED REAR ROLL-UP DOOR
The rear compartment door will be raised

10.00 " to accommodate equipment storage in the rear
compartment. Raising the roll of the door will increase the clear door opening to allow taller equipment to pass through.

The door roll will blister into the side hatch compartments and create a raised step at the rear of the notched walkway.
0503432
Audio/Video Network Not Provided

0818526
Hitch, Receiver, Rear/Sides,Under
Body (HDR ONLY), No Ball or Wiring

HITCH RECEIVERS
A total of three (
3 ) hitch receivers will be provided on the apparatus. The hitch receivers will be constructed of heavy steel tubing and reinforced to the apparatus framework.

Rear Receiver
A class IV hitch receiver will be installed under the body at the rear of the apparatus.

The hitch receiver will be tested to provide a
2:1
straight line pull no-yield safety factor over a
maximum load rating of
10,000
lb. As a result, the hitch receiver will be capable of retaining a portable winch with a rating of no more than
10,000
lb. The hitch receiver will also be capable of
being used for rope operations when used with properly rated equipment.

NFPA
1900
,
2024
edition, Section

10.3.3.2 requires that if the apparatus is equipped to tow a trailer, an additional
45 amps will be added to the minimum continuous electrical load to provide electrical power for the federally required clearance and marker lighting and the optical warning devices mounted on the trailer. This hitch receiver will not be utilized to tow a trailer. Therefore, the additional amps will not be included with the minimum continuous load.

A label will be provided near the hitch receiver stating that this receiver will not be used for towing.

Side Receivers
There will be one (
1 ) hitch receiver installed under the body behind the rear wheels on each side of the body.

Each hitch receiver will be tested to provide a
2:1
straight line pull no-yield safety factor over a
maximum load rating of
10,000
lb. As a result, each of these hitch receivers will be capable of retaining a portable winch with a rating of no more than 10,000
lb. Each hitch receiver will also be
capable of being used for rope operations when used with properly rated equipment. 46 989
Bid #:

0816664
Hitch, Receiver, Sides, Through
Fenders, Between Tandems, Feature
Selection

SIDE HITCH RECEIVERS
There will be one (
1 ) hitch receiver installed through the body fender panel between the tandem rear wheels on each side of the body. The hitch receivers will be constructed of heavy steel tubing and reinforced to the apparatus framework.

Each hitch receiver will be tested to provide a
2:1
straight line pull no-yield safety factor over a
maximum load rating of
10,000
lb.

As a result, each of these hitch receivers will be capable of retaining a portable winch with a rating of no more than
10,000
lb. Each hitch receiver will also be capable of being used for rope operations when used with properly rated equipment.

A spring loaded stainless steel door will be provided in the fender on each side of the body to cover the ends of receivers. Each door will have a
Southco M
1 push to close flush mounted
stainless steel handle latch
latch provided to prevent the door from opening while not in use. A stainless steel trim ring will be provided to prevent damage to the exterior finish around the opening.

The door will be
polished
.

A cutout will be provided in the wheel well openings that are adjacent to each hitch receiver to provide access to the receiver pins. A hinged stainless steel door will be provided in each wheel well opening to cover the cutouts.
0524842
Ladder, Access, Alum, RH Rear, PUC
Style

ROOF ACCESS LADDER
A wide easy climbing access ladder, constructed of aluminum rungs and extruded aluminum rails, will be provided on the right side at the rear of the apparatus. The inside climbing area of the ladder will be

13.75 " wide.

The lower section of the ladder will be retractable into the upper section to eliminate interference with the rear FMVSS lights. When lowered the bottom rung will be lower than the body to allow a lower first step height.

The ladder will be slanted when in use for easy access, and fold against the body for storage to reduce the overall length. Corrosion resistant, stainless steel spring-loaded locks will hold the ladder in place.
0834978
SP
Rack, Ladder Storage, Top Access,
Recessed Walkway, Alameda Bid 989

WALKWAY LADDER STORAGE
The apparatus will be equipped with a ladder storage rack constructed of one (
1 ) storage trough
.

Each storage trough will be a U-shaped trough designed to contain the ladder. The make and model of the ladder(s) will be
14 ' Duo Safety model
875
A-DR
.

The rack will be mounted in the recessed walkway on the roof of the body and will be covered with aluminum treadplate on the three (
3 ) vertical sides, separating the ladder storage from the walkway. The top of the rack will be left open to remove the ladder(s).

The rack and troughs within the rack will be no taller than

6.00 " to allow the recessed step lights
to illuminate the walkway.

The walkway storage rack will be provided with
a single retaining strap with hook and loop
fastener
at the rear of the rack to provide an additional means of ladder removal. 0834979
SP
Rack, Ladder Storage, Top Access,
Recessed Walkway, Second,
Alameda Bid 989

WALKWAY LADDER STORAGE
The apparatus will be equipped with a ladder storage rack constructed of one (
1 ) storage trough
.

Each storage trough will be a U-shaped trough designed to contain the ladder. The make and model of the ladder(s) will be
14 ' Duo Safety model
875
A-DR
.

The rack and troughs within the rack will be no taller than

6.00 " to allow the recessed step lights
to illuminate the walkway.

The walkway storage rack will be provided with
a single retaining strap with hook and loop
fastener
at the rear of the rack to provide an additional means of ladder removal. 0629341
Rope Anchors, Pair, 9,000 lb Rating

ROPE ANCHORS
There will be
three (
3 ) pairs
of chrome plated steel eyebolts installed on the body to serve as rope anchor points. Each anchor will have an inside diameter of

2.00 " (
51 mm) and will be supported
to provide a maximum of
9,000
lb (
4,082
kg) no-yield condition with a straight line pull.

Each pair of anchors will be installed in the following locations:

One (
1 ) on each side of the body facing the rear in the upper corners of the body One (
1 ) on each side of the body in the upper corners at the front of the body One (
1 ) on each side of the body in the upper corners at the rear of the body Stainless steel scuffplates will be provided behind each anchor point. 0078804
Trim, Body Seams, Painted IPO Std.

TRIM BODY SEAMS
All body seams will be trimmed with the same material as the body construction and painted to match the body paint.
0075036
Box, Tool, Poly, Custom Size

TOOL BOX
Tool box(es) construction of .
50 " thick plastic with a cut out carrying handle on each end will be provided.

The tool box(es) will be held in place to prevent movement while the vehicle is in motion.

The exterior box dimensions will be
LS
1 (Max W x Mex D x Max" H -
1 " for removal over shelf lip
), RS
4 (Max D x max W (equal across
5 boxes) x
1 " shorter than Max Height )
.

There will be
nine (
9 )
provided. The tool box(es) will be located
(
4 ) in LS
1 on shelving of storage
rack option
833729
, (
5 ) in RS
4 on floor tray
.
47 989
Bid #:

0532786
Divider, Compt, Hatch Interior,
Adjustable

ADJUSTABLE HATCH COMPARTMENT DIVIDER
An adjustable hatch divider made of .
12 " aluminum will be provided. When facing the
compartment, the divider will be fastened to aluminum tracks on the front and back of the hatch interior to allow left to right adjustment.

A total of
ten (
10 )
will be provided
(
4 ) left rear hatch, (
4 ) Right rear hatch and (
2 ) in right forward
side hatch forward of cord reel.
.
0550509
Divider, Compt, Hatch Interior,
Adjustable, Longitudinal

ADJUSTABLE HATCH COMPARTMENT DIVIDER
An adjustable hatch divider made of .
12 " aluminum will be provided. When facing the
compartment, the divider will be fastened to aluminum tracks on the left and right sides of the hatch interior to allow front to back adjustment.

A total of
two (
2 )
will be provided
(
1 ) each in forward hatch compartments running from front body wall to rear wall of compartment
.
0568334
Divider, Compt, Vertical Transverse

VERTICAL COMPARTMENT DIVIDER
There will be a total of
two (
2 )
vertical compartment divider(s) provided. Each divider will be located
centered side to side in troughs at top of LS
4 /RS
4 and LS
5 /RS
5 . Each divider will be
constructed of

0.12 " thick aluminum and secured in place with self tapping screws. 0023359
Floor Extension, Compt

FLOOR EXTENSION
There will be a floor extension from the transversed area over the frame to the compartment door.

The extension will have a

1.50 " vertical lip and a return bend. The extension will be support by angles off the side partitions of the compartment.

A total of
five (
5 )
will be provided and located
LS
4 , LS
5 , RS
4 , RS
5 , B
1 .
0541225
Trough, Storage, Alum, Custom Size,
(First)

STORAGE TROUGH
A trough assembly will be provided for storing equipment. The trough will be fabricated of aluminum. The exterior of the trough will be finished to match the compartment it is mounted in.

The interior of the trough will not be finished.

The clear dimensions required for the inside of the trough will be:
8 " H x
49 " wide
.

There will be
a horizonatlly hinged, aluminum treadplate lift-up door with gas struts and a D-ring latch on both sides of the trough
provided to hold the equipment in place.

There will be a total of
one (
1 )
of these storage trough(s) provided. The storage trough(s) will be located
(
1 ) Transverse along top of LS
5 /RS
5 .
0541239
Trough, Storage, Alum, Custom Size,
(Second)

The interior of the trough will not be finished.

The clear dimensions required for the inside of the trough will be:

LS
4 as wide as possible up to
the Bauer filter assembly x half depth of body, RS
4 full compartment width x half depth of body,
(
1 ) RS
4 rear of trays as high and deep as possible to take up space opposite Bauer filter assembly
.

There will be
a single aluminum treadplate door with D-ring latch
provided to hold the equipment
in place.

There will be a total of
three (
3 )
of these storage trough(s) provided. The storage trough(s) will be located
(
1 ) top of LS
4 and (
1 ) top of RS
4 , (
1 ) RS
4 rear of trays to take up space up to Bauer filter
assembly
.
0833729
SP
Rack, Welded Shelf, w/0.63" Lip

WELDED RACK
A rack with
four (
4 )
shelv(es) will be installed in
LS
1 rear of bottle storage rack
. The shelv(es) will
be welded in place with a

0.63 " upward flange at the front.

The clear dimensions for each shelf will be
Maximum size available to store one max size poly
box on each shelf with top of entire rack being equal height of bottle storage and fill station. .

There will be
enough space for one poly box on each shelf with
1 " above box to allow room to lift
over the front lip
between each shelf.

The rack will be fabricated of

0.125
" aluminum, and will be finished to match the compartment interior.
0533910
Rack, SCBA Bottles, SPECIAL SIZE

STORAGE RACK FOR SPARE SCBA BOTTLES
A storage rack will be provided
side by side on top of SCBA bottle storage in LS
1 to hold
one (
1 )

spare SCBA bottles. The rack will be built to hold the bottles 2 wide by
1 tall
.

The rack will be constructed of .
12 inch aluminum. The inside of the rack will be left unpainted and the outside of the rack will be painted the same color as the compartment it is installed in.

The storage slots will be flat and not angled to the rear of the rack. A rubber bumper will be provided on the rear wall of each slot to absorb the shock of the bottle being placed into position.

A scuff tape material will be applied to the inside of the slots to reduce scratching the bottles.

Protection will be provided on the edge of the rack to prevent damage while loading.

The inside dimension of each bottle slot will be

2.75 " H x
15 " width (NOTE - Height can be
reduced so top of bottle storage aligns with fill station and control panel) .
48 989
Bid #:

0004201
Rack, SCBA Bottles, 7.50" x 7.50"

STORAGE RACK FOR SPARE SCBA BOTTLES
A storage rack will be provided
vertical in LS
1 just behind Space Saver fill station in a
2 wide
configuration to be as tall as the fill station
to hold
ten (
10 )
spare SCBA bottles. The rack will be
built to hold the bottles
2 wide by
5 high
.

The rack will be constructed of

0.12 " aluminum. The inside of the rack will be left unpainted and the outside of the rack will be painted the same color as the compartment it is installed in. Each storage slot will angle to the rear of the rack in order to minimize the chances of the bottle falling out. A rubber bumper will be provided on the rear wall of each slot to absorb the shock of the bottle being placed into position. Scuff tape material will be applied to the inside of each slot to reduce scratching on the bottle.

The inside dimension of each bottle slot will be

7.50 " x

7.50 ".
0833965
SP
Recess For Reel(s), In Hatch
Compartment(s) w/Access Panel

RECESS FOR REEL(S)
Accommodations will be provided to allow the reel(s) to be recessed into the hatch compartments through the top(s) of the body compartment(s) (reels priced separately). Each reel will be mounted so that it pays out into the compartment directly below the reel.

A removable cover will be installed over the reel(s). If multiple reels are located adjacent to each other in one (
1 ) hatch compartment, there will be one (
1 ) cover provided that covers all the reels
in that hatch compartment rather than an individual cover for each reel. The cover(s) will be finished to match the interior of the hatch compartment(s). There will be one ( 1 ) maintenance
access panel provided for each reel. The access panel will be provide with a flush lift and turn latch.

A total of
three (
3 ) reels
will be mounted in this manner in the following location(s):
(
2 ) in hatch
above LS
3 and (
1 ) in hatch above RS
3 0045071
Not Required, Bumper, Rear Non-
Walk-In
0793822
Not Required, Water Tank, Rescue

0023410
Not Required, Overflow

0028107
Not Required, Foam Cell Modification

0553729
Not Required, Restraint, Water Tank,
Heavy Duty
0680848
No Hose Bed, HDR

0013534
Not Required, Running Boards

0690026
Wall, Rear, Body Material, HDR

REAR WALL, BODY MATERIAL
The rear wall will be smooth and the same material as the body. 0003540
Tow Eyes (2) (Tanker/Rescue)

TOW EYES
There will be a total of two (
2 ) painted tow eyes provided and mounted directly to the chassis frame rails at the rear of the apparatus. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will have a radius.
0552955
Blister, Compts in Front of Rear Axle,
To Clear Firemaax Suspension

COMPARTMENT BLISTER
A blister in the compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided to clear the front bracket of the Firemaax suspension. This blister will take away some of the interior area of the compartment.
0045159
Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, L-Shape,
Cover Bottom and Rear of Rollup
Door Roll

DOOR GUARD
The
11 compartment doors
will include an L-shaped guard designed to protect the bottom and interior side of the roll-up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray while the door is being opened. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed
LS
1 -LS
5 , RS
1 -RS
5 and B
1 .
0003915
Keyed Locks for Latches, Lap Doors
(#751 Lock to Match Cab)

KEYED LOCK(S)
A keyed lock will be furnished for
15 compartment doors
. The compartmentation, to have a keyed
lock, will be
All swing down steps on side and rear body, all hatch compartments and underbody compartments
.
49 989
Bid #:

0004010
Scuffplate, Polished S/S Bottom of
Door Frame

DOOR FRAME SCUFFPLATE
Six (
6 ) scuffplates
will be provided for the lower door frame of
all lap door side body
compartments
. Each scuffplate will be polished stainless steel with a . 38 " lip down.
0636819
Trim, Rollup Door, Painted Job Color,
by Amdor

ROLL-UP DOOR TRIM
The exterior of the aluminum trim around the door opening will be painted to match job color.

There will be
eleven (
11 )
compartments with the trim painted.
0659111
Lights, Compt, Amdor AY-9220 LED,
Dual Lt Strips, HDR

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be
eleven (
11 )
compartments with Amdor, Model AY-
9220
, white
12 volt DC LED
compartment light strips. The lights will be mounted with mechanical fasteners.

There will be two (
2 ) strip lights installed vertically in each compartment opening per the latest NFPA requirements.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the respective compartment door is opened.
0667426
Lights, Compt, Amdor, AY-9220-42,
LED, 41.61", Additional

ADDITIONAL COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be
four (
4 )
Amdor, Model AY-
9220-42
,

41.61 " long white
12 volt DC LED light stick(s)
provided. The lights will be installed
(
1 ) vertical front and rear walls LS
5 /RS
5 centered, (
1 )
LS
4 /RS
4 centered in body under storage troughs from front to back , ( 1 ) LS
3 /RS
3 centered front
to back over compressor area
. The lights will be mounted with mechanical fasteners.

Opening the compartment door(s) will automatically turn the compartment lighting on.

These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0603182
Lights, Hatch Compt, Amdor AY-9220
LED Strip Lights, HDR

HATCH COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be an Amdor LumaBar, Model AY-
9220-0
**, LED strip light mounted on the hinged side
in the interior of each hatch compartment. The length of the light strip will be as long as practical depending on the size of the opening and available light strip lengths.

Each light will be wired to an automatic door switch and to the "open door" indicator inside the cab.
0760954
SP
Shelf, Fixed, Low/Special Side
Height, Standard Depth, HDR

STANDARD DEPTH FIXED SHELF
There will be
one (
1 ) shelf
provided
in LS
1 tight to top of fill station, control panel, bottle storage and poly tray storage
. The shelf construction will consist of

0.188
" aluminum
with a dual action
finish
. A capacity rating will not be available on this tray due to a reduced side height being less than

2.00 ".

The shelf will be as deep as possible for a standard depth compartment, and as wide as possible for the specified mounting location.

The shelf will be bolted to the walls in the designated mounting location.

The side height of the shelf/shelves will be as follows:

Front:

1.00 " high
Rear:

2.00 " high
Left Side:

2.00 " high
Right Side:

2.00 " high
0834417
SP
Tray, 600 lb Slide-Out, 3" Sides, Adj,
100% Ext, SlideMaster, Std Depth,
HDR

STANDARD DEPTH SLIDE-OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY
There will be
one (
1 ) slide-out tray
provided for use in the standard depth side body compartment (s).

Each tray will be constructed of

0.19 " aluminum that is finished
painted spatter gray
. Each tray
will have

2.00 " high sides, will be as deep as possible for a standard depth compartment and will be as wide as possible for the designated mounting location.

Each tray will be rated for up to
600
lb in the extended position.

Each tray will be mounted on a SlideMaster, Model AM
3 , two (
2 ) rail, single direction cargo slide
with
100%
extension.

The vertical location of each tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The tray(s) will be located
RS
1 (for tool boards)
.
0709589
SP
Tray, 250 lb, Tilt/Slide-out, 30 Deg,
Adj, Std Depth Compt, SlideMaster,
HDR

STANDARD DEPTH SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY
There will be
six (
6 ) slide-out trays
provided.

Each tray will have

2.00 " high sides, will be full depth for a standard depth compartment and will be as wide as possible for the specified mounting location.

Each tray will be rated for up to
250
lb in the extended position.

Each tray will be mounted on a SlideMaster, Model SMT, slide-out, tilt down slide assembly. The standard SlideMaster lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. Releasing the lock will allow the tray to slide out approximately
90%
of its length from the stowed position and
tip
30 degrees down from horizontal.

The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The tray(s) will be located
(
1 ) Upper LS
1 above shelf, (
2 ) LS
2 , (
1 ) RS
1 above tool boards, (
2 )
RS
2 ,
.
50 989
Bid #:

0785751
SP
Tray, 250 lb, Tilt/Slide-out, 30 Deg,
Adj, 1/2 Trans, SlideMaster

HALF TRANSVERSE SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY
There will be
two (
2 ) slide-out trays
provided.

Each tray will have

2.00 " high sides, will be half the depth of the transverse compartment and will be as wide as possible for the specified mounting location not exceeding

50.00 " wide.

Each tray will be rated for up to
250
lb in the extended position.

The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The tray(s) will be located
(
1 ) LS
5 above tool boards, (
1 ) RS
5 above tool boards
.
0833967
SP
Tray, Floor Mounted,1-Way,1000 lb,2"
Sides,SlideMaster PC (IMS),Rear
Compt, 96"

96.00 " DEEP SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be
one (
1 )
floor mounted slide-out tray(s) will be provided
B
1 just above bottom slide
out tray between plywood and long tools
. Each tray will be constructed of

0.19 " aluminum. The
tray will have

2.00 " high sides, will be approximately

96.00 " deep and as wide as possible for the
area it is located up to

46.00 ".

Each tray will be mounted on a SlideMaster, Model SM
3 -SP, three (
3 ) rail, single direction cargo
slide with a silver powder coat finish. A spring loaded (IMS) rod release locking mechanism with automatic re-engagement will be provided. The slide will have lock stops in the closed, quarter, half, three quarter, and open position. The slide will allow for 100%
extension and will be rated for
a maximum distributed load of
1,000
lb.
0834054
SP
Tray,Floor Mtd,2-Way,SlideMaster
AH2-HD,1600lb (IMS),2" Sides, HDR

TRANSVERSE TWO (
2 ) WAY SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be
five (
5 )
floor mounted slide-out tray(s) with

2.00 " sides provided
(
3 ) in LS
4 /RS
4 equal width (approx.
15 ") (for tool boards), (
2 ) inLS
5 /RS
5 equal widths (approx.
25 ") (for Tool
boards)
. The tray(s) will be constructed of

0.25 " aluminum.

Each tray will span the full depth of the transverse compartment and will be as wide as possible for the specified mounting location.

Each tray will be mounted on a SlideMaster Model AH
2 -HD, two (
2 ) rail, dual direction cargo slide
with
70%
extension in each direction. A spring loaded (IMS) rod release locking mechanism with automatic re-engagement will be provided. The slide will have lock stops in the closed, one-third, two-thirds, and open position. The slide will be rated for a maximum distributed load of 1,600
lb.

The slide will be made without any feet on the outside of the slide. 0833693
SP
Tray,Floor Mtd,Slide-Out, Std
Depth,SlideMaster 100% Ext,
600lb,2.00" Sides,HDR

STANDARD DEPTH SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be
one (
1 )
floor mounted SlideMaster, model SM
3 -MP, slide-out tray(s) with

2.00 " sides
provided
Full width in RS
1 for (
2 ) Tool boards
. Each tray will be rated for up to
600
lb in the
100%

extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of

0.19 " aluminum. The finish will be
with a dual
action finish
.

The standard SlideMaster lock will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0833870
SP
Tray, Floor Mtd, 1-Way, 2000 lb, w/o
Sides, SlideMaster PC (IMS),Rear
Compt,108"

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY,
108.00
" DEEP
There will be
one (
1 )
floor mounted slide-out tray provided
B
1 similar position as
32664
as a work
surface
. The tray will be constructed of

0.19 " aluminum. The tray will be approximately
108.00
"
deep, with no sides and be as wide as possible up to a maximum of

46.00 " wide.

The tray will be mounted on a SlideMaster, Model SM
3 -HD, a three (
3 ) rail, single direction cargo
slide with a silver powder coat finish. A spring loaded (IMS) rod release locking mechanism with automatic re-engagement will be provided. The slide will have lock stops in the closed, quarter, half, three quarter, and open position. The slide will allow for 100%
extension and be rated for a
maximum distributed load of
2,000
lbs.
0833872
SP
Tray,Floor Mtd,Slide-Out, Std
Depth,SlideMaster 100% Ext,
600lb,Spcl Sides,HDR

STANDARD DEPTH SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be
four (
4 )
floor mounted SlideMaster, model SM
3 -MP, slide-out tray(s) provided
bottom area of LS
4 , LS
5 , RS
4 , RS
5 . Each tray will be rated for up to
600
lb in the
100%
extended
position. The tray(s) will be constructed of

0.19 " aluminum. The finish will be
with a dual action
finish
.

The height of the tray sides will be as follows:

Left side:

12.00 " high
Right side:

12.00 " high
Front:

2.00 " high
Rear:

12.00 " high
The standard SlideMaster lock will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 51 989
Bid #:

0648481
Toolboard, Alum, Adj, Added to
Transverse Slide-Out Tray

TOOLBOARD ADDED TO TRANSVERSE SLIDE-OUT TRAY
An aluminum toolboard will be provided and mounted in a two ( 2 )-way slide-out tray that spans
the full depth of a transverse compartment (tray not included). The toolboard will be constructed of

0.19 " thick aluminum that is
DA finished
. The toolboard will be provided with

0.20 " diameter
holes in a pegboard pattern with

1.00 " centers between holes. A

1.00 " x

1.00 " aluminum tube
frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard.

The toolboard will span the full depth of the slide-out tray and will be as tall as possible for the specified mounting location.

The toolboard will be mounted on aluminum tracks to allow for side to side adjustment within the tray.

The total capacity rating of the toolboard will vary depending on the tray it is mounted in (capacity rating for the toolboard will match the capacity rating of the tray it is mounted in).

A total of
Five (
5 )
toolboard(s) will be provided and mounted in the slide-out tray(s) located (
1 ) on
each transverse tray in LS
4 /RS
4 max height up to troughs above (approx.
35 ") , (
1 ) on each
transverse tray in LS
5 /RS
5 ,
26 " high (
26 " is required) from floor of tray
.
0622249
Toolboard, Alum, Adj, Added to
Standard Depth Slide-Out Tray

TOOLBOARD ADDED TO STANDARD DEPTH SLIDE-OUT TRAY
An aluminum toolboard will be provided and mounted in a standard depth slide-out tray (tray not included). The toolboard will be constructed of

0.19 " thick aluminum that is
DA finished
. The
toolboard will be provided with

0.20 " diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with

1.00 " centers
between holes. A

1.00 " x

1.00 " aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard.

The toolboard will span the full depth of the standard depth slide-out tray and will be as tall as possible for the specified mounting location.

The toolboard will be mounted on aluminum tracks to allow for side-to-side adjustment within the tray.

The total capacity rating of the toolboard will vary depending on the tray it is mounted in (capacity rating for the toolboard will match the capacity rating of the tray it is mounted in).

Two (
2 )
toolboard(s) will be provided and mounted in the slide-out tray(s) located on adjustable
slide out tray in RS
1 40
" tall from bottom of tray to top of tool board (For Chain Saws) .
0502057
SP
Brushed S/S on Compt Floor

COMPARTMENT FLOOR SCUFFPLATE
Brushed stainless steel will be provided on the floor of one (
1 )
compartments. The locations will
be
lower area of B
1 behind fold up door
.

The edges of the stainless steel will be completely caulked before installation to prevent corrosion.
0693928
Cable Release, Transverse Roll-out
Tray, IAT Std Latches

CABLE RELEASE
A cable release will be provided to allow one handed operation of the lock for slide out tray(s). A cable will be connect to the lock for operation of the lock release, it will release the lock and release the tray. Cable will be plastic coated.

A total of
five (
5 )
will be provided
all trays in LS
4 /RS
4 and LS
5 /RS
5 .
0003934
Dust Filter, Compt Louvers

COMPARTMENT DUST FILTERS
A total of
ten (
10 )
body compartment louvers will have a removable dust filter installed to restrict road dirt from easily entering the compartment and will be installed all side body compartments
.
0006118
Matting, Dri-Deck w/Bevel,
Compartment Floor only

MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR
Dri-Deck rubber compartment matting will be provided in four (
4 )
compartments on the
compartment floor. The locations are,
LS
2 , RS
1 , RS
2 , B
1 .

The Dri-Deck will be
black
and .
562
" thick with holes in the decking to allow air to flow. The leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge. 0502687
Matting, Dri-Deck, Compartment
Trays and Shelves

MATTING, COMPARTMENT TRAYS AND SHELVES
Dri-Deck rubber compartment matting will be provided in the compartments on 25 compartment
trays and shelves. The compartment trays and shelves locations will be:
(
2 ) LS
1 , (
2 ) LS
2 , (
4 )
LS
4 , (
4 ) LS
5 , (
1 ) B
1 , (
2 ) RS
1 , (
2 ) RS
2 , (
4 ) RS
4 , (
4 ) RS
5 .

The Dri-Deck will be
black
, and .
562
" thick with holes in the decking to allow air to flow. 0787024
SP
Matting, Dri-Deck, Hatch
Compartment Floor, Each

MATTING, HATCH COMPARTMENT
Dri-Deck rubber compartment matting will be provided on the floor of the designated hatch compartment(s). The matting will be provided in
six (
6 )
hatch compartments located
all hatch
compartment floors
.

The Dri-Deck will be
black
and .
562
" thick with holes in the decking to allow air to flow. 0775959
Strap, Nylon w/Velcro Hook & Loop,
2" wide
STRAP
There will be
two (
2 )
black

2.00 " wide nylon strap(s) that will provide positive restraint by hooking through a footman loop, similar to what is used with a hose bed flap. The strap(s) will be located (
1 ) loose for install at final inspection to be used across stokes basket trough, ( 1 ) loose for install
at final with strap looped through upper rack above pike poles with footman loop at tube beneath pike poles.
. The strap(s) will have a Velcro® fastener.
52 989
Bid #:

0024016
Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side &
Rear of Body

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side and rear of the body compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be

2.12 " high with

1.38 " flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
0004027
Fender Crowns, Rear, S/S, 2 Pair

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings.

A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering.
0519849
Not Required, Hose, Hard Suction

HARD SUCTION HOSE
Hard suction hose will not be required.
0600656
Handrail, Extra - 21-30" Long,
Hansen Tubing, Knurled Alum LED
Backlit

ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL
Four (
4 ) handrails
, will be provided mounted
(
1 ) top of body side to side behind RS hatch compt.,
(
1 ) parallel to walkway at rear of LS and RS hatches, ( 1 ) horizontal at top of RS rear body, all to
aid entry and exit from walkway
.

The handrails will be Hansen LED backlit knurled aluminum. The handrails will be lit with a white

LED light. The handrails will be activated
by the same means as the cab handrail light controls
.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails. 0619347
Handrail, Extra - 30-40" Long,
Hansen Tubing, Knurled Aluminum
LED Backlit

ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL
Eleven (
11 ) handrails
, will be provided mounted
(
1 ) each as follows: behind LS
1 , Between
LS
1 /LS
2 , LS
3 /LS
4 , LS
4 /LS
5 and forward of LS
5 , behind RS
1 , Between RS
1 /RS
2 , RS
3 /RS
4 ,
RS
4 /RS
5 and forward of RS
5 , (
1 ) left side of B
1 .

The handrails will be knurled aluminum and illuminated. The end stanchions will be provided by Hansen. The handrail will be lit with a
white
LED light. The hand rail will be activated
by the same
means as the cab handrail light controls
.

Stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.
0818136
Compt, Storage, Fender Panel,
Above Hitch Receiver, Tandem, HDR

FENDER PANEL STORAGE COMPARTMENT BETWEEN TANDEMS
An equipment storage compartment will be provided in the center of the body fender panel between the tandem rear axles and above the hitch receiver that is also located between the tandem rear axles (hitch receiver priced separately). The compartment will be

26.00 " (
660
mm)
deep and approximately

23.13 " (
588
mm) wide at the top. The bottom of the compartment will taper along the sides and raise up in the center to accommodate the hitch receiver.

A
black rubber matting
will be provided inside each compartment.

A horizontally hinged
lift up door with stay arm device
door will be provided. The door will be large
enough to cover both the storage compartment and the hitch receiver. The door will be constructed of stainless steel with a
polished
finish. The door will have a
pair of flush lift & turn
latches
. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal
A total of
two (
2 )
compartment(s) will be provided. The storage compartment(s) will be located on the
on the left side, one single compartment between the tandem rear wheels and on the right side, one single compartment between the tandem rear wheels side fender panel(s).
0795737
Compt, Air Bottle, Corner of Fender
Panel, Single, Common DEF Fill
Door, HDR

SINGLE AIR BOTTLE STORAGE IN FENDER PANEL WITH COMMON DEF FILL DOOR An air bottle storage compartment will be provided in the body fender panel in the space adjacent to the DEF tank fill in the corner of the fender panel. The compartment will have sufficient capacity for storage of one (
1 ) air bottle.

The compartment will have a

7.75 " diameter clear opening and will be

26.00 " deep.

A
black rubber matting
will be provided inside the compartment.

A full width door will be provided to cover the both the storage cylinder and the DEF fill. The full width door will be a single, vertically hinged door that is constructed of stainless steel with a polished
finish. The door will have a
chrome plated flush lift & turn latch
. A dielectric barrier will be
provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. 53 989
Bid #:

0795798
Compt, Air Bottle, Corner of Fender
Panel, Double Wide, HDR

DOUBLE WIDE AIR BOTTLE STORAGE IN FENDER PANEL
A double wide air bottle storage compartment will be provided in the corner of the body fender panel. The double wide compartment will have two (
2 ) separate areas for air bottle storage, an
upper and a lower storage area. Each storage area will have sufficient capacity for storage of one (
1 ) air bottle.

The upper storage area will have a

7.75 " diameter clear opening and will be

26.00 " deep.

The lower storage area will have a

7.75 " diameter clear opening. The depth of the lower storage area will be

24.00 " deep with a

96.00 " wide body and increases to

26.00 " deep with a
100.00
"
body.

A
black rubber matting
will be provided inside each compartment.

A full width door will be provided to cover the openings of both storage areas. The full width door will be a single vertically hinged door that is constructed of stainless steel with a polished
finish.

The door will have a
chrome plated flush lift & turn latch
. A dielectric barrier will be provided
between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

There will be a total of
two (
2 )
double wide storage compartment(s) provided. The compartment (s) will be located
on the right side forward of the rear wheels and on the right side rearward of the rear wheels
.
0795688
Compt, Air Bottle, Corner of Fender
Panel, Single, Common Fuel Fill
Door, HDR

SINGLE AIR BOTTLE STORAGE IN FENDER PANEL WITH COMMON FUEL FILL DOOR
An air bottle storage compartment will be provided in the body fender panel in the space adjacent to the fuel fill in the corner of the fender panel. The compartment will have sufficient capacity for storage of one (
1 ) air bottle.

The compartment will have a

7.75 " diameter clear opening and will be

26.00 " deep.

A
black rubber matting
will be provided inside the compartment.

A full width door will be provided to cover the both the storage cylinder and the fuel fill. The full width door will be a single, vertically hinged door that is constructed of stainless steel with a polished
finish. The door will have a
chrome plated flush lift & turn latch
. A dielectric barrier will be
provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. 0044229
No Extension Ladder Req'd

0595251
Ladder, 16' Duo-Safety 875-DR Roof,
Hooks Both Ends

ROOF LADDER
There will be
two (
2 )

16 ' aluminum, Duo-Safety, Series
875
-DR roof ladder(s) provided. The
ladder(s) will have hooks on both ends.
0074248
Not Required, Folding Ladder

54 989
Bid #:

0834980
SP
Rack, Equipment Storage, Rear
Compt, Alameda Bid 989

LADDER/EQUIPMENT STORAGE
The apparatus will be equipped with three (
3 ) separate ladder/long equipment storage racks
constructed of twelve (
12 ) total equipment troughs.The troughs will be accessible from the rear compartment of the body. The storage troughs will be arranged allowing equipment to be removed independently without the removal of adjacent equipment.

The first rack will be designed to house the following equipment:

Four (
4 ) pike poles
Four (
4 ) rubbish hooks
One (
1 ) backboard
One (
1 ) stokes basket
One (
1 )
Little giant revolution model
22 ladder
Four (
4 )
4 "x
4 " pieces of lumber
The second rack will be designed to house the following equipment:

Nine (
9 )
4 "x
4 " pieces of lumber
Twelve (
12 )
2 "x
4 " pieces of lumber
Ten (
10 )
2 "x
6 " pieces of lumber
The third rack will be designed to house the following equipment:

Five (
5 ) pieces of plywood
The storage troughs will be configured
with solid sheet along top of stokes trough to prevent
equipment in stokes from snagging, remainder of rack will match AD layout . The storage troughs
will be mounted minimizing the forward compartment area required to accommodate the configuration.

If necessary, as determined by engineering, covers will be provided over trough(s) to prevent side compartment equipment from interfering with the removal of equipment stored in the trough (s),which extend into the forward side compartments. The covers will be finished to match the body compartment interior. The top of the inside of each trough will be flat.

The storage configuration will be provided with a treadplate door and two ( 2 )

2.00 " straps as a
method of retention to secure and prevent equipment from migrating to the rear of the apparatus while in motion. The treadplate door will be and "L" shape and will be hinged on the left side. A black Southco C
2 flush latch will be provided on the area of the door directly above the plywood rack. A pneumatic cylinder will be provided on the left side of the door directly above the troughs containing four (
4 )
4 "x
4 " pieces of lumber to hold the door open. The treadplate door will cover the following:

Four (
4 )
4 "x
4 " pieces of lumber
One (
1 ) backboard
The ladder called out in the first rack
Nine (
9 )
4 "x
4 " pieces of lumber
Twelve (
12 )
2 "x
4 " pieces of lumber
Ten (
10 )
2 "x
6 " pieces of lumber
The top portion of the plywood rack starting at the bottom of the trough containing the ladder and as tall as possible up to the top of the compartment
One (
1 ) of the two (
2 ) straps will be located over the area containing pike poles and rubbish hooks. The top portion of the strap will be secured through a milled slot in the trough above the area being retained by the strap. The lower portion of the strap will be secured using a footman loop. The second strap will be located over the trough containing the stokes basket The exact location will be determined final inspection.
0540831
Trough, Ladder, Duo-Safety, Roof, 14'
775A

ROOF LADDER STORAGE TROUGH
There will be a total of
two (
2 )
roof ladder storage trough(s) provided inside the equipment storage rack. Each trough will be designed to hold one ( 1 )
14 ' roof ladder manufactured by Duo-
Safety Ladder Corporation.
0607939
Straps, Velcro, Ladders In Torque
Box/Ladder Storage

VELCRO RETENTION STRAPS
There will be a total of
two (
2 )
Velcro® retention strap(s) threaded through footman loops and installed
(
1 ) over top of each
16 ' ladder in walkway, strap centered
to prevent items from sliding
rearward into the door.
0725328
Backboard Storage, Rack, In
Compartment

BACKBOARD STORAGE
A rack constructed of
one (
1 ) storage trough
for backboard(s) will be installed
in B
1 . The rack will
be installed
vertically
.

The rack will be fabricated of .
125
" aluminum with the exterior finished to match the compartment interior. The interior of the trough(s) will not be finished.

Each trough will be sized for backboard(s)

72.00 " long x

18.00 " wide x

2.00 " high
.

Access to the backboard(s) will be from
B
1 compartment door when open
.

The backboards will be secured at the access point(s) with Velcro® straps. 0768976
Bell, 12" Chrome w/Eagle, Mounted
on Cab Corner, Large Brkt

BELL
A chrome plated,

12.00 " bronze cast bell, complete with an eagle, will be mounted on the passenger side radiused corner of cab face. The cab will be properly reinforced to support the weight of the bell, the reinforcement bracket allow the bell to mount toward the upper corner of the windshield. A rope pull, for the bell, will be installed inside the cab. 0647522
Label, Special, Bezel Type, Qty.

SPECIAL LABEL
There will be
six (
6 )
special bezel type label(s) provided and installed
inboard of the rope tie down
points
. The label will be worded as follows,
tags to provide tie down capacity in larger font for
ease of seeing
.
55 989
Bid #:

0597601
SP
Label, Siren Brake Switches, Red,
IPOS

LABEL, SIREN BRAKE SWITCHES
The labels for the siren brake switches on both the driver and officer side will be red in place of the standard labels.
0663639
Not Required, Rear Step

0518339
Not Required, Pump House, Rescue

0092531
Not Required, Pump House Structure

0796159
Not Required, Pump, Rescue

0012216
No Seal/Packing Required

0012690
Not Required, Trans, Pump

0669703
Not Required, Pumping Mode

0024484
Not Required, Pump Shift

0046295
Transmission Lock-up, Not Req'd,

NO PUMP
0046296
Not Required, Auxiliary Cooling
System, NO PUMP

0046283
Not Required, Transfer Valve, NO
PUMP
0024513
Not Required, Intake Relief Valve

0046403
No Relief Valve Req'd, No Pump

0012336
No Pump Primer Req'd

0012816
Not Required, Pump Manuals

0090789
Not Required, Plumbing, No Pump

0046371
Not Required, No Plumbing or Foam
System
0796254
No Main Inlet Required, Rescue No
Pump
0584002
Not Required, Cap, Main Pump Inlet,
No Side Inlet Caps Required, No
Pump
0089389
No Valves, (No Pump)

0074685
Not Required, Inlet Installation

0064700
Not Required, Inlet Control

56 989
Bid #:

0055600
Not Required, Auxiliary Inlet, Left
Side
0029147
Not Required, Inlet, Right Side

0681723
No Bleeder Valve, No Pump

0681730
Not Required, Tank to Pump, No
Pump
0074900
Not Required, Tank Fill

0089394
Not Required, Outlet Control, No
Pump
0551181
Not Required, Outlet, Left Side,
Rescue
0055095
Not Required, Elbow, Left Side
Outlets, 2.50"
0092570
Not Required, Outlets, Left Side
Additional
0021143
Not Required, Outlet, Right Side

0021134
Not Required, Elbow, Right Side
Outlets, 2.50"
0092571
Not Required, Outlets, Right Side
Additional
0089584
Not Required, Elbow, Right Side
Outlets, Additional
0545326
Not Required, Outlet, Large
Diameter, No Pump

0007308
Not Required, Elbow, Large Diameter
Outlet
0092572
Not Required, Outlet, Front
0092574
Not Required, Outlet, Rear, Additional

0728255
Not Required, Caps/Plugs for 1.00" to

3.00" Discharges/Inlets

0089391
Valve, Bleeder - None Req'd, (No
Pump)
0029106
Not Required, Deluge Outlet

0029302
No Monitor Requested

0029304
No Nozzle Req'd

0029107
No Deluge Mount

0723726
Speedlay Module Not Required

57 989
Bid #:

0722432
Hose Restraint Not Required, No
Speedlay Module
0723395
Speedlays, Not Required

0723394
Speedlays, Not Required

0519936
Not Required, 1.50" Crosslays,
Rescue
0029260
Not Required, Speedlays

0750536
Hose Restr, Spdly, Not Required, No
Spdly
0046372
Not Required, Foam System, Pump,
or Plumbing
0012126
Not Required, CAF Compressor

0552517
Not Required, Refill, Foam Tank
0042573
Not Required, Foam System
Demonstration

0045465
Not Required, Foam Tanks
0091110
Not Required, Foam Tank Drain
0091079
Not Required, Foam Tank #2

0091112
Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain

0738072
Approval Dwg, Pump Panel(s), Not
Required
0000261
Not Required, Pump Panel Layout

0030701
Not Required, Material, Pump
Panels, No Panel

0046495
Not Required, Pump Access, No
Pump
0634458
Not Required, No Chassis Engine
Gauges @ Pump Panel

0046400
Throttle, Engine, Not Required, No
Pump/Skid Pump
0892618
Not Required, Indicator Light, Pump
Panel, No Pump or Skid Pump

0046378
Not Required, Gauges, Vac/Pressure,
No Pump
0046375
Not Required, Gauges, No Pump

58 989
Bid #:

0006774
Not Required, Foam Level Gauge
0046280
Not Required, Light Shield, No Pump

0730329
Air Horns, (2) Buell, In Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (
2 ) Buell air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. The horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing

0.38 " tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed in-line to prevent loss of air in the air brake system.
0606831
Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Right
Side, Outside Frame, Same Side
(Pos #1 & #2)
Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on the right side of the bumper, outside of the frame rail. 0757092
Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0743360
Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, LS, Location
Fet
Left side foot switch will be
outboard of mechanical siren footswitch
.
0723391
Control, Air Horn, Chrome Push
Button Sw, RS
Right side chrome push button switch
0506746
SP
Wiring, Air Horn, Special, Through
Ignition

AIR HORN CONTROL
The air horns will be wired through the ignition circuit. 0550598
Siren, Wln 295HFS2 Remote, Single
Amp

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A Whelen, Model
295
HFS
2 , electronic remote siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. 0510206
Location, Elect Siren, Recessed
Overhead In Console

Electronic siren head will be
recessed in the overhead console above the engine tunnel on the officer side
.
0076157
Control, Elec Siren, Horn Ring

SIREN CONTROL
The electronic siren will be controllable on the siren head and horn ring only. No foot switches will be required.

The driver will have the option to control the siren or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. 0601306
Speaker, (1) Wln, SA315P, w/Pierce
Polished Stainless Steel Grille, 100
watt

SPEAKER
There will be one (
1 ) Whelen®, Model SA
315
P, black nylon composite,
100
-watt, speaker with
through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille provided. The speaker will be
connected to the siren amplifier
.
0601556
Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Left Side, Outside Frame,
Inbrd (Pos 6)
The speaker will be recessed in the left side of the front bumper, just outside of the frame rail. 0895310
Siren, Federal Q2B

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q
2 B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q
2 B will be
chrome finish
.

The siren will have a
2 -gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2 -
gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q 2 B+ at the
battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a
2 -gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q
2 B- at the battery.
0665593
Siren, Mechanical, Recessed In
Bumper, Special Recessing Depth,
EF Grille
The mechanical siren will be recessed behind the front bumper on the left side
. The siren will be
supported by the bumper framework. The Federal, Model MSFMT-EF, grille will be used on the front bumper in place of the standard Q2B mechanical siren grille. 0748305
Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
59 989
Bid #:

0748282
Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS
Left side foot switch.
0731979
Control Mech Siren, Push Button Sw,
Chrome, RS
Right side chrome push button switch.
0740391
Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Chrome
Push Button, RS
A momentary chrome push button switch will be included in the right side dash panel to activate the siren brake.
0897454
Sw, Siren Brake, Mom
Rocker/Membrane, Red Outline, LS
Overhead Sw Pnl, Mux
A momentary switch will be included in the left side overhead switch panel to activate the siren brake.

There will be a red outline decal around the switch.
0746353
Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
0606775
Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 72",
RRWRRR____RRRWRR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (
1 )

72.00 " Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fourth front position.

Open in the driver's side fifth front position.

Open in the driver's side sixth front position.

Open in the passenger's side sixth front position.

Open in the passenger's side fifth front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position.

There will be
clear lenses included on the lightbar
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control this lightbar.

The white LEDs will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The six (
6 ) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0016380
No Additional Lights Req'd, Side
Zone Upper
0540384
Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6*C LED,
Clear Lens, in Common Bzl

LIGHTS, FRONT ZONE LOWER
Two (
2 ) Whelen model M
6 *C LED flashing warning lights will be installed on the cab face above the headlights, in a common bezel with the directional lights.

The
driver's side front warning light to be red
.

The
passenger's side front warning light to be red
.

Both lights will include a clear lens.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0558676
Daytime Running Lights, Headlights,
Qtm, Vel/Imp, Enf/AXT-MUX, (Low
Beam)

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (HEADLIGHTS)
The low-beam headlights used as daytime running lights will be activated with the following measures:

Ignition switch is turned on
Parking brake is released
These lights will be deactivated with any one of the following measures:

Headlight switch is turned on
High-beam flash is turned on
Parking brake is set
0795711
Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6*C
LED, Clear Lens, 3pr, Ovr 25,
Rescue

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be six (
6 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 *C, LED flashing warning lights with Model
6 EFLANGE,
chrome flanges located in the following positions:

Two (
2 ) lights,
one (
1 ) each side on the bumper extension
The
side front lights to be red
Two (
2 ) lights,
one (
1 ) each side above the front wheels
The
side middle lights to be red
Two (
2 ) lights,
one (
1 ) each side above rear wheels
The
side rear lights to be red
All six (
6 ) lights will include a clear lens.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 60 989
Bid #:

0895709
Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab,
Wln 0S*00FCR

INTERIOR CAB DOOR WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Whelen® Model
0 S*
00 FCR,

1.0 " high x

1.5 " long x

0.5 " deep flashing LED
warning lights with chrome trim.

One (
1 )
light(s) to include red flashing LED's
on the left side cab door
One (
1 )
light(s) to include red flashing LED's
on the right side cab door.

One (
1 )
light(s) to include red flashing LED's
on the right side crew cab door.

One (
1 )
light(s) to include red flashing LED's
on the left side crew cab door.

Each light will be
located in the door pan as low and far to the outside as practical .

Each light will be activated when the battery switch is on, respective door is opened and no other
controls are on
.
0815847
Connectors, Door Interior Flash, All
Cabs, Weatherproof

ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS FOR WARNING LIGHTS
The lights will be installed with a weatherproof insulated crimped connectors in order to provide ease of connection/disconnection of the circuit applied to. 0672937
Lights, Side, Wln WIONSMC* LED,
Chrome Flange, Mtd In Rub Rail, 1st

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen, Model WIONSMC* LED light(s) provided and located in the body rub rails
(
1 ) centered under LS
4 and (
1 ) centered under RS
4 . The lights will only be mounted with
the rubber gasket if clearance allows it.

The color of each light will be
red
LED with a clear lens.

Each light will be provided with a chrome plated ABS flange.

The light(s) will be activated
with the side warning switch
.
0564655
Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*C LED,
Clear Lens, For Tail Lt Housing

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 *C, LED flashing warning lights located at the rear of the apparatus.

The
driver's side rear light to be red
The
passenger's side rear light to be red
Both lights will include a lens that is clear.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0541155
Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln
M9*C LED, Clear Lens 4lts

WARNING LIGHTS (Rear and Side upper zones)
Four (
4 ) Whelen, model M
9 *C LED flashing warning lights will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

The
side rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red .

The
rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red
.

The
rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red
.

The
side rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red .

These lights will include a lens that is clear.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0006551
Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0791528
Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65,

36.00" Long, TACTL5

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (
1 ) Whelen®, Model TAL
65 ,

36.00 " long x

2.87 " high x

2.25 " deep, amber LED
traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The Whelen, Model TACTL
5 , control head will be included with this installation.

The controller will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The
auxiliary flash to be activated when the emergency master switch is on .
0529858
Location, TDL, Recessed Within
Treadplate Step
This traffic directing light will be recessed within a treadplate step at the rear of the apparatus. 0530282
Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Overhead Switch Panel DS Right
End
The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the right panel position.
0006646
Electrical System, 120/240VAC,
General Design
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN for ALTERNATING CURRENT The following guidelines will apply to the
120/240
VAC system installation:

General
Any fixed line voltage power source producing alternating current (ac) line voltage will produce electric power at
60 cycles plus or minus
3 cycles.

Except where superseded by the requirements of the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, all components, equipment and installation procedures will conform to NFPA 70 ,
National Electrical Code (herein referred to as the NEC).

Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus will be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All products will be used only in the manner for which they have been listed.

Grounding
Grounding will be in accordance with Section
250-6
"Portable and Vehicle Mounted Generators"
of the NEC. Ungrounded systems will not be used. Only stranded or braided copper conductors will be used for grounding and bonding.

An equipment grounding means will be provided in accordance with Section 250-91
(Grounding
Conductor Material) of the NEC.

The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) will be insulated from the equipment grounding 61 989
Bid #:

conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor will be colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200-6
(Means of Identifying Grounding
Conductors) of the NEC.

In addition to the bonding required for the low voltage return current, each body and driving or crew compartment enclosure will be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. This conductor will have a minimum amperage rating of
115
percent of the nameplate current rating of
the power source specification label as defined in Section 310-15
(amp capacities) of the NEC. A
single conductor properly sized to meet the low voltage and line voltage requirements will be permitted to be used.

All power source system mechanical and electrical components will be sized to support the continuous duty nameplate rating of the power source.

Operation
Instructions that provide the operator with the essential power source operating instructions, including the power-up and power-down sequence, will be permanently attached to the apparatus at any point where such operations can take place.

Provisions will be made for quickly and easily placing the power source into operation. The control will be marked to indicate when it is correctly positioned for power source operation. Any control device used in the drive train will be equipped with a means to prevent the unintentional movement of the control device from its set position.

A power source specification label will be permanently attached to the apparatus near the operator's control station. The label will provide the operator with the following information:

Rated voltage(s) and type (ac or dc)
Phase
Rated frequency
Rated amperage
Continuous rated watts
Power source engine speed
Direct drive (PTO) and portable generator installations will comply with Article 445
(Generators) of
the NEC.

Overcurrent protection
The conductors used in the power supply assembly between the output terminals of the power source and the main over current protection device will not exceed 144.00
" (
3658
mm) in length.

For fixed power supplies, all conductors in the power supply assembly will be type THHW, THW, or use stranded conductors enclosed in nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated for a minimum of
194
degree Fahrenheit (
90 degrees Celsius).

For portable power supplies, conductors located between the power source and the line side of the main overcurrent protection device will be type SO or type SEO with suffix WA flexible cord rated for
600
-volts at
194
degrees Fahrenheit (
90 degrees Celsius).

Wiring Methods
Fixed wiring systems will be limited to the following:

Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194
degrees Fahrenheit
(
90 degrees Celsius)
or
Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at
600
volts at not less than
194
degrees
Fahrenheit (
90 degrees Celsius)
Electrical cord or conduit will not be attached to chassis suspension components, water or fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components, or low voltage wiring. In addition the wiring will be run as follows.

Separated by a minimum of

12.00 " (
305
mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust piping
Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of

6.00 " (
152
mm) distance
Electrical cord or conduit will be supported within

6.00 " (
152
mm) of any junction box and at a
minimum of every

24.00 " (
610
mm) of continuous run. Supports will be made of nonmetallic materials or corrosion protected metal. All supports will be of a design that does not cut or abrade the conduit or cable and will be mechanically fastened to the vehicle.

Wiring Identification
All line voltage conductors located in the main panel board will be individually and permanently identified. The identification will reference the wiring schematic or indicate the final termination point. When prewiring for future power sources or devices, the unterminated ends will be labeled showing function and wire size.

Wet Locations
All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devices, including those on hardwired remote power distribution boxes, will be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover and installed in accordance with Section
210-7
"Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the NEC.

All receptacles located in a wet location will be not less than

24.00 " (
610
mm) from the ground.

Receptacles on off-road vehicles will be a minimum of

30.00 " (
762
mm) from the ground.

The face of any wet location receptacle will be installed in a plane from vertical to not more than 45 degrees off vertical. No receptacle will be installed in a face up position.

Dry Locations
All receptacles located in a dry location will be of the grounding type. Receptacles will be not less than

30.00 " (
762
mm) above the interior floor height.

All receptacles will be marked with the type of line voltage ( 120
-volts or
240
-volts) and the current
rating in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase, they will be so marked.

Listing
All receptacles and electrical inlet devices will be listed to UL 498
, Standard for Safety Attachment
Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards. Receptacles used for direct current voltages will be rated for the appropriate service.

Electrical System Testing
The wiring and associated equipment will be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the installer of the line voltage system.

The wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment will be subjected to a dielectric voltage withstand test of
900
-volts for one (
1 ) minute. The test will be conducted between live
parts and the neutral conductor, and between live parts and the vehicle frame with any switches in the circuit(s) closed. This test will be conducted after all body work has been completed.

Electrical polarity verification will be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made.

Operational Test per Current Edition NFPA Standard
62 989
Bid #:

The apparatus manufacturer will perform the following operation test and ensure that the power source and any devices that are attached to the line voltage electrical system are properly connected and in working order. The test will be witnessed and the results certified by an independent third-party certification organization.

The prime mover will be started from a cold start condition and the line voltage electrical system loaded to
100
percent of the nameplate rating.

The power source will be operated at
100
percent of its nameplate voltage for a minimum of two
(
2 ) hours unless the system meets category certification as defined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Where the line voltage power is derived from the vehicle's low voltage system, the minimum continuous electrical load as defined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards will be applied to the low voltage electrical system during the operational test. 0888995
Generator, MagnaPlus, 80kW,
3Phase, PTO Shaft Drive (80kW
Cont. Rating)

GENERATOR
There will be a Marathon Electric, MagnaPlus, Model
362
PSL
3126
, chassis frame mounted
generator driven by a power takeoff (PTO) attached to the side of the chassis engine transmission.

Generator Specifications:

Continuous Duty Rating:
80,000
watts
120/240
Vac, Four (
4 ) wire (L
1 ,L
2 ,L
3 ,N) plus ground, Delta configured
Phase:
120
Vac, Single (
1 ) /
240
Vac, Three (
3 )
Nominal Cycles:
60 hertz
Nominal Amp Rating:
481
at
120
volts,
240
at
240
volts
Generator Drive and Control
The generator will be operable via a shift control located inside the cab only after the chassis parking brake control is in the park position, the generator PTO transmission has made a complete shift and the truck transmission is in neutral. An indicator light will be provided to note engagement. The output of the generator will be controlled by an electronic engine governor.

Engine Speed at Engagement: Idle
Engine Speed Engaged:
1132/1374
rpm range
Generator Rpm:
1800
rpm
Instrumentation
Generator / engine gauges and indicators will be flush mounted in an appropriately sized electrical panel near the load center. All instruments used will be accurate within +/- two ( 2 )
percent.

The following gauges and indicators will be installed in the panel:

One (
1 ) Voltmeter
Three (
3 ) Ammeters
One (
1 ) Frequency Meter
One (
1 ) Hour Meter
One (
1 ) "Power On" Green Indicator Light
One (
1 ) PTO Engagement Indicator Light
Two (
2 ) Fuse Holders: With two (
2 ) amp fuses for gauge protection
Check engine indicator and alarm
Check transmission indicator and alarm
Display engine monitor,J
1939
0016645
Location, PTO Generator, Between
the Frame Rails

GENERATOR LOCATION
The generator will be mounted under the body between the frame rails. 0009440
Starting Sw, Truck Engine Powered
Gen, Cab and Breaker Box

GENERATOR START
A switch will be located on the cab instrument panel and at the breaker panel area to engage the generator.
0016757
Not Required, Remote Start,
Generator
0016740
Not Required, Fuel System
0016767
Not Required, Oil Drain Extension,
Generator
0612703
Circuit Breaker Panel, Included With
PTO Generator, Location

CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
The circuit breaker panel will be located
LS
5 left wall above tray with main CB panel horizontal
and subfeed panel above
.
0076607
Circuit Breaker Box, Subfeed Box

SUB FEED CIRCUIT BREAKER BOX
A Cutler Hammer sub feed box will be supplied with current limiting circuit breakers to protect the on board circuits when an auxiliary power source is used. The sub feed box will distribute power to specific circuits in the vehicle.

Location will be
LS
5 by main circuit breaker panel (or RS
5 opposite main CB panel if will not fit in
LS
5 )
.
0016771
Not Required, Routing Exhaust,
Generator
63 989
Bid #:

0629852
Light Twr, W-B Pow NS4.5-1380
SPC, 6-K20 120VAC Lts Cld 15'

LIGHT TOWER
There will be one (
1 ) Will-Burt, Powerlite Model NS

4.5-1380
SPC light tower provided.

There will be six (
6 ) Fire Research Spectra K
20 ,
240
watt
120
volt AC LED light heads included
on this tower.

The
painted parts of the light tower and the light heads to be white .

The tower will include
the AC detector
.

This tower will be connected to the Do Not Move Truck Indicator in the cab. 0664472
Location, Light Tower, Crew Cab
Roof
Light Tower Location
The light tower will be installed on the crew cab roof. 0617738
Controller, Lt Twr, W-B, Wired
Hndhld, E-STOP Pow, Pow X, Vrt

Light Tower Controller
There will be one (
1 ) wired handheld controller included.
0750959
SP
Location, Light Tower Controller,
Location Feature
Light Tower Controller Location
The light tower controller will be installed in the compartment located, in left side crew cab
transverse compartment under removeable floor attached to left wall .
0006825
Reel, Elect Cable, Hannay, 1600, (3)
Wire

ELECTRIC CORD REEL
Furnished with the
120
volt AC electrical system will be a Hannay, Series
1600
, cord reel. The
reel will be provided with a
12 -volt electric rewind switch, that is guarded to prevent accidental operation and labeled for its intended use. The switch will be protected with a fuse and installed at a height not to exceed

72.00 " above the operators standing position.

The exterior finish of the reel(s) will be
painted
#269
gray from the reel manufacturer
.

A captive roller assembly to be provided to aid in the payout and loading of the reel . A ball stop
will be provided to prevent the cord from being wound on the reel.

A label will be provided in a readily visible location adjacent to the reel. The label will indicate current rating, current type, phase, voltage and total cable length.

A total of
two (
2 ) cord reels
will be provided
one (
1 ) over compartment D
3 in the hatch
compartment and one (
1 ) over compartment P
3 in the hatch compartment
.

The cord reel will be configured with three (
3 ) conductors.
0006828
Cord, Electric, 10/3 Yellow, 3 Wire
CORD
Provided for electric distribution will be
two (
2 ) lengths, one (
1 ) for each reel,
of
200
feet
of yellow
10/3
electrical cord, weather resistant
105
degree Celsius to -
50 degree Celsius,
600
volt
jacketed SOOW cord.

A Hubbell L
5-20
,
20 amp,
120
volt, twist lock connector body
will be
installed on the end of the cord.
0619463
Box, Junc, Circle-D, 3Wire, 1-20A
120V Dup SB GFCI, 3-15A 120V TL

PORTABLE JUNCTION BOX
There will be a total of
two (
2 )
electrical junction box(es), listed for use in wet locations and provided with light to indicate power on. Each box will be designed to keep the exterior electrical components above

2.00 " of standing water, protected from corrosion, and capable of being carried with a gloved hand.

There will be a cable strain relief and
a

1.00 ' pigtail with wire mesh grip, NEMA L
5-20
,
20 amp,
120
volt twist lock plug
provided for each box. Each box will be
gray powder coated
.

Each Circle D, PF
51 G Series, box will be provided with the following receptacles:

One (
1 )
120
vac,
20 amp duplex straight blade receptacle with ground fault circuit protection Three (
3 )
120
vac,
15 amp twist lock receptacles, GFCI protected from duplex receptacle 0789788
Holder, Junction Box, Smooth
Aluminum, Match Compartment
Finish

JUNCTION BOX HOLDER
There will be a smooth aluminum junction box holder installed adjacent to the cord reel. The holder finish will match the compartment finish.

A total of
two (
2 )
will be installed
mount at pickup
.
0026828
Switch, Remote Control Reel Rewind,
Coil Cord

REMOTE ELECTRIC CORD REEL REWIND
There will be a
10 ' coiled cord provided with a remote push button switch to control the electric cord reel rewind. A stainless steel holder will be provided to store the remote. along wall in LS
3 and RS
3 in compartment beneath each reel
.

A total of
two (
2 )
will be provided.
0781579
Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st, Interior
Cab
120

VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be
two (
2 )
,
15/20
amp
120
volt AC three (
3 ) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s)
with
interior stainless steel wall plate(s)
, installed
inside forward facing cabinet with exact location
at pre-construction.
. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be
5-20
R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the
onboard generator to shoreline power transfer switch
.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
64 989
Bid #:

0779722
Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st, Interior
Body
120

VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be
one (
1 )
,
15/20
amp
120
volt AC three (
3 ) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s)
with
an interior stainless steel wall plate
, installed
by circuit breaker panel
. The NEMA
configuration for the receptacle(s) will be
5-20
R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the
onboard generator to shoreline power transfer switch
.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0006790
Receptacle, 20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr TL,
L5-20R Wtrprf
120

VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be
two (
2 )
,
20 amp
120
volt AC three (
3 ) wire twist lock receptacle(s) with waterproof
flip up cover(s) installed
on the left side of the rear body bulkhead and on the right side of the rear body bulkhead
. The NEMA configuration for the receptacles will be L
5-20
R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the
on board generator
.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0783678
Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st
120

VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be
two (
2 )
,
15/20
amp
120
volt AC three (
3 ) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s)
with
exterior flip up cover(s)
, installed
(
1 ) each side at rear under taillights, out board of twist lock receptacles.
. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be
5-20
R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the
on board generator
.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0016795
Receptacle, 30A 240V 3-Pr 3-Wr TL,
L6-30R Wtrprf
240

VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be
one (
1 )
,
30 amp
240
volt AC three (
3 ) wire twist lock receptacle(s) with waterproof
flip up cover(s) installed
compartment LS
5 on the inside left wall next to the circuit breaker panel OR on the same enclosure that is used for the generator metering panel . The NEMA
configuration for the receptacles will be L
6-30
R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the
on board generator
.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
65 989
Bid #:

0510673
Air Control Panel, SpaceSaver
Integral, Breathing Air System

BREATHING AIR SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL
A control panel will be provided for the breathing air system, attached to the side of a SpaceSaver
™
fill enclosure. The control panel will be made of

0.18 " thick aluminum and will be
provided with a painted, glare-resistant finish. The control panel will measure

9.75 " x

42.75 ", and
will be x

20.50 " deep. The orientation of the control panel will match the orientation of the SpaceSaver fill enclosure it is attached to. If the control panel is attached to a vertical fill enclosure, the control panel will be orientated vertically. If the control panel is attached to a horizontal fill enclosure, the control panel will be orientated horizontally.

A painted aluminum box will house and protect the components behind the control panel. The panel will pivot on its mounting fasteners, to allow for maintenance of components behind the panel.

All gauges will be at least

2.50 " in diameter, and they will be filled with glycerin. All valves will be a slow-operating screw type that will require minimal force, from three-fingered operation. A rope light will be fastened to the full vertical height of the control panel, to provide uniform illumination to all controls on the panel.

All tubing that is behind the panel will be stainless steel, with the exception of the supply hoses from the air storage and the hose that runs to the SCBA fill. These tubes and hoses will have a 4:1
safety factor.

A refill fitting will be supplied on the face of the air control panel, to allow the refilling of the system storage cylinders from an external source. With
6000
psi storage cylinders, a male CGA-
677

fitting will be provided, and with
4500
and
5000
psi storage cylinders, a male CGA-
347
fitting will
be provided.

A breathing air supplied gauge will be provided on the panel.

There will be
four (
4 )
storage banks, each consisting of one (
1 ) valve and one (
1 ) gauge, provided
on the control panel. If there are more cylinders than banks, two ( 2 ) cylinders will be connected to
the first storage bank (or banks) as needed.

The system will be regulated with
one (
1 ) high pressure regulated circuit
.

Air Control Panel Regulators
High Pressure Regulators
Each high pressure regulated circuit provided on the panel will include the following components:

One (
1 )
0-6000
psi regulator set for
4500
psi working pressure
One (
1 ) regulated pressure gauge.

Low Pressure Regulators
Each low pressure regulated circuit will be a low pressure, high flow rate circuit that consists of the following components:

One (
1 )
0-400
psi regulator set for
300
psi working pressure
One (
1 ) regulated pressure gauge.

A pressure relief valve will be provided. The pressure relief valve will be preset, at no more than ten percent above the working pressure. A warning label that specifies the appropriate pressure regulator settings and the pressure relief setting will be placed adjacent to the regulator.

An SCBA fill valve to control the air flowing into the SCBA cylinders will be supplied on the air control panel. An SCBA fill gauge will be supplied on the air control panel, to view the pressure in the SCBA cylinders during filling. This valve and gauge will be used to manually vary the SCBA fill rates in accordance with the SCBA manufacturer's recommendations.

The panel will be configured
without a booster pump
.

The panel will be configured
with a compressor connection with priority fill which prioritizes filling the SCBA connection before filling the cascade storage cylinders .
0833140
SP
Fill Encl, 2 Bottle,"SpaceSaver"Model
100A w/MSA Adapter,13" Wide, RSP

FILL ENCLOSURE
The fill enclosure will be designed for mobile applications to fill SCBA or SCUBA cylinders. The enclosure will totally enclose the cylinder during the fill process. The enclosure will contain the cylinder and all fragments in the event of rupture during the fill process.

Construction will be of

0.18 " plate steel. The fill enclosure door will be constructed of

0.25 "
stainless steel. The cylinder holders will be lined with a material to protect each cylinder from abrasion.

The fill enclosure will be designed to allow the filling of two ( 2 ) SCBA or SCUBA bottles either
individually or simultaneously. Access to the enclosure for loading the cylinder will be through a manually operated slide up door and tilt out bottle holder. The door will be provided with a device to assist opening and provide smooth operation.

The loading position from the compartment floor to the center of the bottle valve will be

14.60 " in
the lower holder and

23.50 " in the upper holder. This will place the lower loading position at waist height on average height vehicles.

The maximum length of either the SCBA or SCUBA bottle with the valve and fill adapter will be

29.00 " in the lower holder and

27.00 " in the upper holder.

Automatic safety interlocks will prevent cylinder filling until the door is completely closed. Two ( 2 )
fill hoses with SCBA or SCUBA adapters will be provided within the enclosure. The fill hoses will be provided with MSA adapter fittings in place of the standard fittings.

If a cylinder should rupture, rapidly expanding air will be vented through an opening in the bottom of the enclosure and out through the compartment floor. A break away rubber seal will be provided to seal the compartment floor.

To ensure the integrity of the fill enclosure, bidders will provide on request, an independent certification that a production unit has successfully withstood an SCBA cylinder explosion as per NFPA.

The fill enclosure will be a SpaceSaver model
100
A. The dimensions of the fill enclosure will be
approximately

42.56 " high x

13.12 " wide x

23.25 " deep with a weight of approximately
400
lb.

A total of
one (
1 )
will be provided
LS
1 immediately rear of air control panel
.
0833141
SP
Compressor, Breathing Air, Bauer,
K18.1-20-E3, Skid w/(4) ASME,
Alameda Bid 989

BREATHING AIR COMPRESSOR
Air System General Design
It is the intent of this specification to describe a modular, mobile breathing air system designed so that major components are built in individual modules. This concept will allow for the greatest flexibility when installing the system in a truck body. All modules will interconnect by means of a factory built wiring harness for ease of electrical installation. All pneumatic interconnections will be clearly marked and coded for high-pressure hose interconnection. The unit will be designed and built specifically for truck installations. The use of a standard stationary unit will not be 66 989
Bid #:

acceptable. The main compressor frame will contain the compressor, electric motor, electric controls, gauges and monitors pertaining to the compressor operation, and the four ( 4 ) ASME
cylinder receivers. This skid must be designed for mounting across the body, with all gauges and shutdown lights facing the right side of the truck. The total dimensions of the skid will not exceed

88.00 " long x

51.00 " wide x

43.00 " high.

Mobile Breathing Air Compressor
The system will consist of a Bauer Model K-

18.1-20
-E
3 air compressor constructed to the K-

18.1 -
H specification (see data sheet).

Compressor Requirements
Model

FAD SCFM
Charging Rate SCFM
HP
RPM
Block
Purification System
Air Processing Capability
K

18.1-20
-E
3 21.0

25.2 20
1300
k

18.1 II
P
43 Securus
150,000
Compressor
The compressor will have a design working pressure of
7,250
lb. The compressor will be an air-
cooled, oil lubricated, five (
5 ) stage, four (
4 ) cylinder, single acting, reciprocating compressor. The crankcase will be cast of a high strength, aluminum alloy. The crankshaft will be of a single piece forged steel construction, and supported in the crankcase by three ( 3 ) long-life roller bearings.

The connecting rods will be of single piece design and constructed of a high strength aluminum alloy. Each connecting rod will incorporate a roller bearing at the crank and pin ends. The pistons will be constructed of an aluminum alloy. Piston rings on the first through third stage are of cast iron; fourth stage rings will be of a high strength polyimide. The final stage will incorporate a polyimide ringed, free-floating, aluminum piston, which will be driven by a guide piston and the previous stage's discharge pressure. The cylinders will be of cast iron construction with deep cooling fins on the external surface for optimum heat dissipation. The cylinders will be arranged in a dynamically balanced, diametrically opposed "X" configuration with each cylinder located directly in the cooling fan's blast. The cylinders will be removable from the crankcase. The fifth stage cylinder will contain special cooling vents for the internal sleeve. The compressor's flywheel will be cast of an aluminum alloy. A multi-wing, high velocity cooling fan will be integral to the flywheel. The fan wings will be replaceable and of such design as to reduce the overall noise of the cooling fan. First stage intake valve and inlet filter must be designed to reduce the suction noise of the first stage and increase the overall efficiency of the compressor.

Intercoolers will be provided after each stage of compression and an aftercooler will be provided after the final stage of compression. The coolers will be individually detachable from the compressor, located directly in the cooling fan's blast and made of stainless steel. The aftercooler will be designed to cool the discharge air to within
18 degrees Fahrenheit of ambient
temperature. A cool-down cycle will not be required prior to stopping the compressor.

A separator will be supplied after each stage of compression, excluding the first stage and a coalescing separator will be supplied after the final stage of compression. The intermediate separators will contain a patented insert to reduce water carry-over from stage to stage. An automatic condensate drain (ACD) system will be supplied for all of the separators. Adjustable drain timers will be factory preset to drain the separators approximately every 15 minutes for
approximately six (
6 ) seconds. The ACD system will unload the compressor on shutdown for unloaded restart. An exhaust muffler and condensate reservoir will be supplied. Manually operated valves will be supplied to override the automatic operation of the ACD system for test and maintenance purposes.

The compressor will be lubricated by a combination splash and low-pressure lubrication system.

A pressurized lubrication circuit will lubricate the final stage of compression. The other stages and the driving gear will be splash lubricated. The pressure lubrication circuit will include a positive displacement oil pump, gear driven by the crankshaft, and a non-adjustable oil pressure regulator. A highly visible sight glass will be included to check the oil level. The oil drain for the compressor will be piped to the outside of the frame.

The compressor will be equipped with an inlet filter with replaceable particulate elements. An inlet filter maintenance indicator will be installed on the instrument panel.

There will be no exception to the compressor section.

Compressor Standard Features
Five (
5 )-micron inlet particulate filter
Air-cooled stainless steel intercoolers between each stage.

Air-cooled aftercooler.

Safety relief valve for each stage of compression
Moisture separators between second and third, third and fourth and the fourth and fifth stage in addition to the final oil and moisture separator
V-belt driven fan wheel for cooling air
Automatic condensate drain (ACD) complete with combination velocity tank and separator muffler, drain solenoid, and timer
The compressor module will have the ability to compress ambient air to a final pressure of 6,000

PSI.

System will be designed, built and tested by a recognized breathing air compressor manufacture.

Not a compressor packager or distributor.

Compressor Data
Maximum operating pressure:
6,000
PSIG
Charging rate:

25.2 SCFM
Free Air:

21.0 SCFM
Running speed:
1300
RPM
Number of stages: Five (
5 )
67 989
Bid #:

Number of cylinders: Four (
4 )
Cylinder Bore
First stage:
130
MM
Second stage:
88/60
MM
Third stage:
32 MM
Fourth stage:
18 MM
Fifth stage:
10 MM
Length of stroke:
50 MM
Crankcase material: Aluminum alloy
Crankcase oil capacity: One (
1 ) Gallon
Lubrication: Pressure/Splash
Ambient operating range:
32 degrees Fahrenheit to
105
degrees Fahrenheit
Prime Mover and Controls
The electric motor will be of open drip-proof design (ODP), 20 Hp,
208/230/480
VAC, three (
3 )
phase,
60 hertz, code G or better. The electric motor will be mounted on a common vibration isolated inner frame. All electric controls and automatic shutdowns will be controlled and monitored by a solid state PLC control unit. Motor starting will be accomplished using a Soft Start Motor Starter allowing for a Soft Start effect on the generator. The entire electrical control panel will be UL approved (no exception). The electric motor will get its power from the trucks on-board generator system. Compressor will be supplied with an automatic condensate drain system, which will automatically drain the inter-stage and final oil\moisture separators at 15 minute
intervals. All condensation will be plumbed to a collection system for safe disposal.

Compressor unloading at shutdown will be provided by the automatic drain system. Compressor intercoolers and aftercooler will be of such a size that a cool down cycle will not be necessary.

Standard supply will Include:

Open drip proof electric motor
Motor starter in NEMA
122
enclosure
Inlet particulate filter
Hi temp shutdown
Lo oil pressure shutdown
Final pressure switch
Gauge panel
Pressure maintaining valve
Discharge check valve
Final oil/moisture separator
Inlet vacuum switch
The compressor system will be base mounted, frame enclosed, complete with belt guard. The frame will also contain the cylinder storage, electrical control box, purification system, all compressor controls and compressor gauges along with fault lamps.

The compressor skid will contain everything necessary with the exception of the filling station and remote compressor control panel.

Purification
Installed after the compressor and the final oil and water separator will be a Bauer P 43 air
purification system with the patented Securus electronic purification monitor. The system will be capable of processing
150,000
cubic feet of breathing air between cartridge changes, based on a 70 degree inlet temperature (no exception). The purification system will utilize vacuum packed, aluminum, replaceable filter elements with a minimum three ( 3 ) year shelf life (no exception). The
high-pressure cartridge chambers will have a working pressure of 6,000
PSIG with a
4:1
safety
factor. They will be designed to ASME code, tested and certified. A name tag will be attached to each chamber giving the serial number, year of manufacture, volume of cylinder and test date (no exception). The design of the cartridge pressure chamber will eliminate the possibility of operating the system without purification cartridges installed or with improperly installed cartridges. Thus, there will be no means of filling the SCBA or storage vessels with impure air.

The Securus electronic purification monitor will constantly monitor the quality of the air and visually indicate to the operator the status of the Securus cartridge. The Securus electronic sensor will be inbuilt into the purification cartridge itself (no exception). Securus will warn the operator, in advance of the impending expiration of the Securus purification cartridge. Securus will automatically shut down the compressor if the operator fails to change the cartridge within the warning period. The electronic display monitor will indicate compressor shut down by the Securus. The compressor will not be able to restart until the used cartridge is replaced with a new one. Securus will also discern an electrical contact failure or a printed circuit board failure and advise the operator of the type failure (Cartridge saturation or electrical failure). For absolute safety, no manual override will be provided for the Securus electronic purification monitor.

A check valve will be installed after the oil and moisture separator and before the purification system. A pressure maintaining valve (PMV) and check valve will be installed after the purification system. The pressure-maintaining valve, set to open a
4,000
PSIG, will serve two (
2 ) functions.

One (
1 ) function of the PMV, in conjunction with the check valve, will be to maintain a positive pressure in the purification system when the compressor shuts down. This will prevent in leakage of unprocessed air into the purification system, which in turn, will assist in maintaining purification efficiency. The second function of the PMV will be to provide a means to quickly build system pressure. A bleed valve will be provided to facilitate venting the purification system for cartridge maintenance.

The final processed air delivered by the purification system will meet or surpass the standards for grade E as detailed in compressed gas association, Inc. pamphlets G- 7-1976
compressed air for
human respiration and G-

7.1-1989
commodity specification for air.

The purification will be attached to the compressor skid and be able to swing, pull or tilt out of compartment to allow for change out of cartridges when installed with limited overhead space.

Air Storage
The system will be provided with an air storage module consisting of four ( 4 )
6,000
psi, ASME air
storage cylinders. All vessels will be plumbed to the automatic cascade/priority control system.

The automatic cascade control system will allow for complete cascading to the filling stations with no action on the operators part. The automatic priority system will supply air to the highest- pressure vessel first when refilling the storage receivers. The vessels will be horizontally and securely mounted at both ends in accordance with DOT regulations and will be an interracial part of the main compressor skid.

Carbon Monoxide Monitor
The compressor will be equipped with an Auto Cal series carbon monoxide monitor with a microprocessor based controller coupled to an electrochemical sensor module. 68 989
Bid #:

The monitor will have an operating range of
0 -
2000
ppm CO and will display the results as well
as provide a voltage or current output as well as an adjustable alarm contact and audible alarm.

Carbon Monoxide Monitor Specifications:

Range:
0 -
2000
ppm CO in air or inert gas
Operating Life In Air (Cell Only): Two (
2 ) years at
30 degrees Celsius or lower
Response Time:
90%
in
30 seconds or less
Linearity: +/-
1%
CO over entire range
Operating temperature range, continuous: -
5 degrees Celsius to +
40 degrees Celsius
Operating temperature range, intermittent: -
5 degrees Celsius to +
55 degrees Celsius
Operating Humidity:
0-99%
relative humidity non-condensing
Operating Pressure: Ambient +/-
10%

Effect of Pressure on Accuracy: -

0.05%
signal per mm Hg
Position Sensitivity: None
Long Term Accuracy Drift: Less than
2%
of full signal/month
Power Consumption: Less then
3 watts
Sample Flow:
100
to
1000
cc/min
Testing and Preparation for Shipment
Prior to shipment, the manufacturer will test the complete system including the filling station as an assembled unit. A copy of the manufacture's test report will accompany the unit's shipment. An operator's instruction and maintenance manual will be supplied with the unit. The manuals will be as detailed as possible, outlining all operation and maintenance instructions. The manual will include detailed illustrated drawings along with a complete parts listing for all illustrated components. Warning and safety precautions will be included in the manual. A manufacturer's nameplate will be securely affixed to all major modules in a conspicuous location.

All equipment will be new and of current tested design and manufacture. Used and/or refurbished equipment is unacceptable. The manufacturer of the high-pressure compressor will also be the manufacturer of the breathing air purification system and the cartridge monitoring system.

All standard features will be factory installed and tested as a complete unit, and a copy of the factory test report will accompany the unit at shipment. The compressor, purification system and storage system will be rated for
6,000
PSI service.

Air system will be supplied with interconnecting wiring harness, manufactured by Bauer Compressors for ease of operation by the apparatus manufacturer.

All interconnecting lines from one (
1 ) module to the other will be clearly marked and tagged for ease of installation by the apparatus manufacturer.

Electric Connection
A
208
-volt,
100
amp, three (
3 )-pole, four (
4 ) wire, pin and sleeve type receptacle rated for up to 30 horsepower will be wired to the power supply and located in an accessible area beside the compressor. A mating horsepower rated plug wired to a four ( 4 ) conductor cord will also be
supplied and wired to the compressor. When disconnected from the receptacle on the truck, the plug and cord will hang out from the compartment down to within

12.00 " of the ground.

Breathing Air Quality
Prior to final inspection at the factory, the manufacturer of the completed apparatus will provide a current air quality test assuring full compliance for breathing air. The rest sample must be obtained from the completed apparatus, not from a similar unit.

Compressor Monitoring
The air compressor will be equipped with a shut down interface that requires the compartment doors be open during operation and a compartment ambient temperature switch to be installed by the apparatus manufacturer. A temperature sensing device will actuate an audible and visual alarm at the fill station operator's panel, when ambient temperature at this location exceeds 140

degrees.

The compressor will be installed
in the LS
3 /RS
3 compartments
.
0620001
SP
MODIFICATION, Pressure Relief
Setting , HP Regulator at 6000 PSI

PRESSURE RELIEF SETTING
The pressure relief for the high pressure regulator(s) will be set for 6,000
psi working pressure
instead of the standard
4,500
psi setting.

The pressure relief will be changed for
air control panel
.
0769044
Cover, Breathing Air Cylinder(s),
Treadplate

BREATHING AIR BOTTLE COVER
There will be
two (
2 )
removable aluminum treadplate cover(s) provided over air bottle(s). The cover(s) will be located
each end of ASME bottle storage
.

The cover(s) will be reinforced properly to allow for storage on top. 0006888
Hose, Refill, 50', 5000 psi w/CGA 347

50 FOOT,
5000

PSI REFILL HOSE
A
50 foot
5000
psi refill hose for the cascade system will be provided with a CGA 347
female
swivel fitting. Included with this hose will be a shutoff and bleed valve. 0835053
SP
Switch, Remote Control Reel Rewind,
Coil Cord, Breathing Air

REMOTE BREATHING AIR REEL REWIND
There will be a
10 ' coiled cord provided with a remote push button switch to control the breathing air reel rewind. A stainless steel holder will be provided to store the remote. along wall in compartment beneath air reel just inside roll up door .

A total of
one (
1 )
will be provided.
69 989
Bid #:

0510803
Outlet, High Pressure, 4500 PSI ,
Cascade Panel Source

HIGH PRESSURE AIR OUTLET FROM CASCADE SYSTEM
There will be a high pressure outlet supplied
on air control panel
.

Air regulation for the outlet will be controlled by a hand adjustable regulator on the face of the air control panel and will be limited to
4500
psi output.. A device to prevent inadvertent or accidental adjustment of the regulator will be provided. A label that warns against setting the regulator to an excessive pressure will be installed next to the regulator.

A pressure relief valve preset at not over ten (
10 ) percent above the regulator output setting will
be provided. A warning label will be installed next to the regulator to indicated the relief valve setting.

A male CGA
347
connector with a dust cap and a soft seat screw valve will be provided to control the supply of air.

A total quantity of
six (
6 )
will be provided.
0812029
SP
Reel, Breathing Air, High Pressure
w/200' Hose, 6000 psi, CGA 677

HIGH PRESSURE AIR REEL
A high pressure hose reel, complete with hose and fittings will be provided. The hose reel will be rated for
6000
psi working pressure and will be capable of holding
200
' of high pressure,

0.51 "
outside dimension hose.

The hose reel will include the following features:

Side discs with rolled edges and concentric reinforcing ribs Roll formed drum with a full length weld
A bearing to support the axle at each end of the reel in order to provide smooth rotation and eliminate weight on the swivel joint
Full length reel axle
Swivel joint inlet that permits the reel to rotate freely while connected.

The reel will be equipped with a
12 -volt D.C. electric rewind motor operated by a push button switch which is guarded to prevent accidental operation. The switch will be installed at a height not to exceed

72.00 " above the operator's standing position. A properly rated circuit breaker will be provided to protect the rewind motor against short circuits and overload. A 12 -volt fuse will
protect the rewind control circuit.

The exterior finish of the reel(s) will be
painted
#269
gray from the reel manufacturer
.

A captive roller assembly to be provided to aid in the payout and loading of the reel . A ball stop
will be provided to prevent the end of the hose from being wound onto the reel.

The reel will be equipped with
200
' of Parflex fill hose, with a rated burst pressure of
24,000
lb.

The fill hose will be continuous with no unions. The hose end will have a female CGA 677
swivel
connector and line valve equipped with a bleed-off. A metering valve will be provided on the supply side of the hose reel which will be preset to prevent excessive flow rates that might cause the fill hose to whip in the event of a failure. A bleed valve will be provided on the supply side next to the reel rewind button to bleed off pressure. To monitor the pressure in the supply line a gauge and valve will be furnished at the air control panel. The reel air will pass through the standard supplied regulator on the air control panel, which will provide 6,000
psi maximum air pressure.

A label will be provided in a readily visible location adjacent to the reel. The label will indicate whether the supply is for breathing or utility air, the operating pressure, total hose length and hose size (inside dimension).

A total of
one (
1 ) reel
will be provided
in left side second hatch compartment rear of cord reel (to pay out through LS
3 .
0519934
Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0649753
Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic
Tool System
0007150
Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

One (
1 ) bag
of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.
0816517
NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Special Services, NFPA/ULC
2024,Prov by Fire Dept

NFPA LOOSE EQUIPMENT
NFPA Required Loose Equipment Provided by Fire Department The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA
1900
,
2024
edition, table

8.1 and CAN/ULC
S
515:2024
edition, section

5.2 will be provided by the fire department:

One (
1 ) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 107
,
American
National Standard for High-Visibility Safety Apparel and Accessories , and have a five-point
breakaway feature that includes two (
2 ) at the shoulders, two (
2 ) at the sides, and one (
1 ) at the
front.

Five (
5 ) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than

28.00 " (
711
mm) in height, each equipped
with a

6.00 " (
152
mm) retro-reflective white band no more than

4.00 " (
152
mm) from the top of
the cone, and an additional

4.00 " (
102
mm) retro-reflective white band

2.00 " (
51 mm) below the

6.00 " (
152
mm) band.

Five (
5 ) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five ( 5 ) fluorescent
orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

Four (
4 ) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA
2500
.

NFPA Loose Equipment That Should be Considered
The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA
1900
,
2024
edition, appendix table A.

8.4 (a)
and CAN/ULC S
515:2024
edition, section

5.2 should be considered:

Two (
2 ) SCBA apparatus
Two (
2 ) SCBA spare cylinders
One (
1 ) first aid kit
One (
1 ) automatic external defibrillator (AED)
70 989
Bid #:

0796255
Not Required, Soft Suction, Rescue
No Pump
0816939
Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, NFPA
2024, Provided by Fire Department

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0816937
Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided by
Fire Dept

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0741569
Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven ( 7 ) step finishing
process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation
- All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment
- All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch
process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature
3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer
- The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer
is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two- component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding
- The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra- smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer
- The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Base
coat Paint
- Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat
- Two (
2 ) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW
15777
global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6
A.C.T.
standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a

99.99 percent efficiency factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems
will be

99.97 percent efficient.

Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
71 989
Bid #:

0709567
Paint, Single Color, Enforcer

CAB PAINT
The cab will be painted
#90
red
.
0709845
Paint, Single Color, Body

BODY PAINT
The body will be
painted to match the lower section of the cab
.
0646901
Paint Chassis Frame Assy, With
Liner, E-Coat, Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with
a single system black top coat
before the
installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted (unless otherwise stated in a secondary option) are:

Frame rails
Frame liners
Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (
2 ) C-channel frame rails
Two (
2 ) frame liners
The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693797
No Paint Required, Aluminum Front
Wheels

0693792
No Paint Required, Aluminum Rear
Wheels

0733739
Paint, Axle Hubs

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted
to match primary job color
.
0007230
Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.
0544087
Reflective Band, 6"

REFLECTIVE BAND
A

6.00 "
white
reflective band will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body.
0007356
Reflective across Cab Face

The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. 0820124
Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond
Grade, NFPA/ULC 2024, Rescue

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. Covered surfaces will include the exterior rear wall. Rear compartment doors, entry doors, or walkway areas will not be covered.

The colors will be
Red
983-72
and
Fluorescent Yellow-Green
983-23
diamond grade.

Each stripe will be

6.00 " in width.
0017359
Stripe, Black Outline, Vinyl on
Reflective Band

REFLECTIVE STRIPE OUTLINE
A black outline will be applied on the top and the bottom of the reflective band. There will be one
(
1 )
set of outline stripes required.
0087355
Stripe, Reflective, 6" Inside Compt
Door

REFLECTIVE STRIPE INSIDE COMPARTMENT DOOR
A

6.00 "
black
reflective stripe will be provided inside
two (
2 )
compartment doors.
small
compartments on cab
.
72 989
Bid #:

0065687
Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
A

6.00 " x

16.00 "
black
reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately

1.00 " up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards. 0835041
SP
Stripe, Gold Leaf, Box, Upper Body
Sides without Scrolls

UPPER BODY STRIPING
There will be genuine gold leaf stripes along all edges of the upper body plate. No scrolling. 0027372
Lettering Specifications, (GOLD
STAR Process)

LETTERING
The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two ( 2 ) layers of clear vinyl.
0686428
Lettering, Gold Leaf, 3.00", (41-60)

LETTERING
Forty-one (
41 ) to sixty (
60 ) genuine gold leaf lettering,

3.00 " high, with
outline and shade
will be
provided.
0685978
Lettering, Reflective, 18.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

18.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
six
(
6 ) letters
provided.
0685985
Lettering, Reflective, 12.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

12.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
seven (
7 ) letters
provided.
0685993
Lettering, Reflective, 10.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

10.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
six
(
6 ) letters
provided.
0686013
Lettering, Reflective, 6.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

6.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
three
(
3 ) letters
provided.
0686084
Lettering, Reflective, 3.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

3.00 " high, with
no outline or shade
provided. There will be
nine
(
9 ) letters
provided.
0686187
Lettering, Gold Leaf, 16.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering,

16.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will
be
22 letters
provided.
0686202
Lettering, Gold Leaf, 10.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering,

10.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will
be
22 letters
provided.
0686260
Lettering, Gold Leaf, 2.00", (21-40)

LETTERING
Twenty-one (
21 ) to forty (
40 ) genuine gold leaf lettering,

2.00 " high, with
outline and shade
will be
provided.
0645076
Plate, Painted Alum. for
Lettering/Numerals

PAINTED PLATE(S) FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS
There will be
one (
1 )
painted aluminum plate(s) provided for department lettering. They will be mounted
cab roof on diamond plate for roof lettering
and will be
Size required for roof lettering to
fit and it to look appropriate on left forward hatch door. Approx. 40 " H x
48 " wide
in size.
0684139
Emblem, Monogram w/Scrolling,
Gold Leaf, 24"-26", Pair

EMBLEM/S
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of genuine gold leaf emblems,

24.00 " to

26.00 " wide, supplied and
installed
cab doors
. The emblems will include the fire department's monogram or number inside of a circle with scrolling.
0017273
Emblem, Maltese Cross, Gold Leaf,
12"-14", Pair

MALTESE CROSS INSTALLATION
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of Maltese crosses, comprised of genuine gold leaf material, provided and installed
Class
1 rear of crew door
.
73 989
Bid #:

0022652
Emblem, Maltese Cross, Gold Leaf,
15"-17", Pair

MALTESE CROSS INSTALLATION
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of maltese crosses, comprised of genuine gold leaf material, provided and installed
each side upper body forward
.
0755303
Artwork File, Provided on Custom
USB Drive

ARTWORK ON CUSTOM USB DRIVE
There will be a custom USB drive with department specific artwork files provided to the Fire Department.

Stock artwork, or artwork developed exclusively by Pierce Manufacturing, and proprietary fonts will not be included on the USB drive.
0020371
SP
Emblem, Alameda, Pair
EMBLEM
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of emblems, number in a shield border approximately

9.00 " high x

9.00 "
wide, provided and installed
(
1 ) each side of crew cab doors to match
38912
. The emblems will
be fabricated from gold leaf and paint. They will be encapsulated between two layers of clear vinyl. They will match their previous unit.
0604802
SP
E-Coat, Battery Box, Pair

E-COATING OF BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
The battery compartments will be e-coat protected before paint.

The e-coated parts will have a
black
top coat as well to provide an additional layer of protection and provide a consistent finish.
0772003
Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB
Flash Drive, Custom

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL
There will be
one (
1 )
custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided.

The manual(s) will contain the following:

Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

Service Parts Internet Site
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website.

The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.
0772037
Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash
Drive, Custom

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be
one (
1 )
chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit.

The manual will contain the following sections:

Job number
Table of contents
Troubleshooting
Front Axle/Suspension
Brakes
Engine
Tires
Wheels
Cab
Electrical, DC
Air Systems
Plumbing
Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0773381
Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) USB
Flash Drive, Custom

CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL
The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (
1 ) USB flash drive.
0030008
Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (
1 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA 0008
, is included with this proposal.
0696698
Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year,
WA0181

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Cummins
five (
5 ) year
limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA
0181
, is included with this proposal.
0684953
Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard
M110, 3 Year WA0201

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard
three (
3 ) year
limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with this proposal.
74 989
Bid #:

0595766
Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Includes
Crossmembers, Custom Chassis,
WA0038

FIFTY (
50 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame and crossmembers limited warranty certificate, WA 0038
, is
included with this proposal.
0595698
Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4,
WA0050

FRONT AXLE THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
The Pierce TAK-
4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA
0050
, is included with this proposal.
0733305
Warranty, Tandem Axle, 5 Year,
Meritor, General Service, WA0384

TDM REAR AXLE FIVE (
5 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Meritor
™
Axle
5 year limited warranty will be provided.
0652758
Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3 Year,
Meritor Wabco, WA0232

ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Meritor Wabco
™
ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA
0232
, is included with this
proposal.
0019914
Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (
10 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA
0012
, is included with this proposal.
0595813
Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro-
Rate, WA0055
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0055
, is included with this proposal.
0744240
Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro-
Rate, WA0055
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0055
, is included with this proposal.
0524627
Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (
5 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA 0014
, is included with this
proposal.
0695416
Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (
54 ) month
warranty will be provided for the camera system
.
0708760
Warranty, Not Applicable, LED Strip
Lights

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The compartment lights will not offer an extended warranty. 0046369
Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a
five (
5 ) year/unlimited mileage
warranty covering
100
percent
parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945
Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (
5 ) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the
transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (
3 ) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed
$10,000
per occurrence. A copy of
the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal. 0033401
Not Required, Tank Warranty

0596024
Warranty, Structure, 15 Year, HDR,
WA0010

FIFTEEN (
15 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce heavy duty rescue apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA 0010
, is included
with this proposal.
0690936
Warranty, Roll up Doors, Not
Required

0012599
Warranty, Pump, Not Required

0046370
Not Required, Warranty, No Plumbing

0641372
Warranty, Foam System, Not
Available
75 989
Bid #:

0595820
Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro-
Rate, WA0057
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0057
, is included with this proposal.
0595421
Warranty, Goldstar, 3 Year,
Apparatus, WA0018

THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA 0018
, is
included with this proposal.
0819254
Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0196

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA
1900
, current edition, section

7.14 , Vehicle Stability. The certification is included with this proposal.
0808564
Certification, Engine Installation, Enf,
Cummins X15, 2027

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 0686786
Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification is included with this proposal.
0892691
Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CD0189

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

SAE J
2422
Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No. 29 .

SAE J
2420
COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a
14,320
-lb moving barrier is slammed into
the side of the cab at

5.50 mph, striking with an impact of
13,000
ft-lb of force. This test is part of
the SAE J
2422
test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of
32,600
ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in
accordance with SAE J
2420
.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of
65,098
ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice
the force required by SAE J
2420
)
Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of
22,500
lb. This value meets the ECE
29 criteria,
and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten ( 10 ) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 110,000
lbs. (Four and a half times the
load criteria of ECE
29 )
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.
0631973
Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000
cycle door slam test
where the slamming force exceeds
20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0631978
Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0132

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a
3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section

6.2 of SAE J
198

Windshield
Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles.

The bidder will certify that the wiper
system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0556828
Certification, Electric Window, Not
Available
76 989
Bid #:

0631977
Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0134

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000
lb of pull on both
the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS
571.210
Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in
accordance with FMVSS
571.207
Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.
0631976
Certification, Cab Heater and
Defroster, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0131

CAB DEFROSTER CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J 381
Windshield
Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.

The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J
381
criteria.

CAB HEATER CERTIFICATION
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. The cab heaters will warm the cab 77 degrees
Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within
30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J
381
. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0735949
Certification, Cab HVAC System
Performance, SFR/Enf,
CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100
degrees Fahrenheit to
an average of
78 degrees Fahrenheit in
30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J 381
Windshield
Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.

The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J
381
criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees
Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within
30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J
381
. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073
Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0002758
Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance
0799248
Appleton/Florida BTO

0000031

HDR BODY

0000012

PIERCE CHASSIS
0004713

ENGINE, OTHER
77 989
Bid #:

0046396
EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020037

NO PUMP

0020013

NO WATER TANK

0028047

NO FOAM SYSTEM

0046282
Not Required, Control Panel, No
Pump
0020007

AKRON VALVES

0020015

ABS SYSTEM

0752883
HDR

78 989
Bid #:

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244
High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom

0.00 1.20

0.00 0006825
Reel, Elect Cable, Hannay, 1600, (3) Wire

0.00 72.00

0.00 0009429
Electric Power Only, Portable Winch

0.00 8.00

0.00 0079211
Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA each, Threaded Stud

0.00 3.00

0.00 0543751
Light, Do Not Move Apparatus

0.00 0.80

0.00 0583938
Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

0.00 0.30

0.00 0589905
Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040

0.00 0.50

0.00 0593759
ESC/ABS/ATC Wabco Brake System, Tandem Rear Axle

0.00 6.00

0.00 0629852
Light Twr, W-B Pow NS4.5-1380 SPC, 6-K20 120VAC Lts Cld 15'

0.00 5.00

0.00 0643574
Handlight, Pelican, 3765PL, Rechargeable Flashlight, 6061F 12V Charger

0.00 0.00

3.20 0653350
Guards, Vehicle Camera(s), Painted Smooth Aluminum

0.00 0.00

0.00 0667426
Lights, Compt, Amdor, AY-9220-42, LED, 41.61", Additional

0.00 0.00

1.68 0687994
Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine

0.00 0.42

0.00 0746938
Handlts, (4) BAYCO Nightstick XPR-5582RX 12v

0.00 0.00

0.50 0763609
Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Remote, Manual Override, Recess LS Step, Access Dr, SFR/Enf

0.00 180.00

0.00 0795742
Not Required, Walking Surface, Alt. Walking Surface Lights, HDR

0.00 0.00

0.00 0806466
Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED, For Tail Lt Housing

0.00 3.20

0.00 0812029
Reel, Breathing Air, High Pressure w/200' Hose, 6000 psi, CGA 677

0.00 36.00

0.00 0816158
Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, RS, LS, R, Cameras, AHD

0.00 1.20

0.00 0819994
Radio, Jensen, AM/FM/WB, Bluetooth

0.00 0.00

2.00 0821263
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Ckt FB, Blue Sea 5026 Batt Dir 1st NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00

20.00 0826636
Wiring, Spare, (1) 15A 12V DC, Multi Loc, Cab, B+, 1st, NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00

15.00 0832307
Intercom, David Clark, Up to 4 Wireless, (D,O,RPTT), 4obC, Ext Antenna

0.00 0.00

0.50 0895310
Siren, Federal Q2B

0.00 100.00

0.00 0895709
Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab, Wln 0S*00FCR

0.00 0.24

0.00 0672937
Lights, Side, Wln WIONSMC* LED, Chrome Flange, Mtd In Rub Rail, 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

2.00 0722038
HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Enforcer, w/X15, CARE
LM - Last

0.00 0.00
100.00
0763608
Lights, Wln, PCPSM2*, Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

24.00 0763610
Lights, Wln, PCPSM2*, Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

24.00 0768059
Lights, Wln, PCPSM2* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

12.00 0768061
Lights, Wln, PCPSM2* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

12.00 0889921
Lights, HiViz FT-MB-2.9-*-*, 11.10" Brkt Fet, 2nd
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

7.03 0889923
Lights, HiViz FT-MB-2.9-*-*, 11.10" Brkt Fet, 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

7.03 0002758
Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance
NFPA

5.00 0.00

0.00 0092582
Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX
NFPA

0.56 0.56

0.00 0511569
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, P25 LED 7Lts
NFPA

0.50 0.00

0.00 0540384
Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens, in Common Bzl NFPA

1.80 2.70

0.00 0541155
Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln M9*C LED, Clear Lens 4lts NFPA

4.80 7.20

0.00 0550598
Siren, Wln 295HFS2 Remote, Single Amp
NFPA

1.40 12.60

0.00 0564655
Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens, For Tail Lt Housing
NFPA

1.80 2.70

0.00 0603182
Lights, Hatch Compt, Amdor AY-9220 LED Strip Lights, HDR NFPA

1.40 1.40

0.00 0603606
Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges, Chrome Bezels, Enf MUX
NFPA

1.26 0.00

0.00 0606775
Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 72", RRWRRR____RRRWRR
NFPA

6.48 2.48

7.44 0618791
DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, LS Fill, Forward of Axle, Common Air Bottle Door
NFPA

0.60 11.40

0.00 0620044
Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Truck-Lite 21290Y LED 2lts
NFPA

0.04 0.13

0.04 0630489
Air Dryer, Bendix, AD-9, With Wet Tank, Heated, Saber
FR/Enforcer
NFPA

7.81 0.00

0.00 0647632
Lights, Dome, Wln 60C*EGCS Dual LED 4 Lts
NFPA

3.00 3.00

0.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis
7/15/2025
Bid #:
989
Alameda City Enforcer 23.5' Rescue
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Klockzien, Dave
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

ALAMEDA CITY FIRE DEPARTMENT
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0647899
Lights, Directional/Marker, Cab Front Side, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED, Sab/Enf
NFPA

0.80 0.00

0.00 0724853
Headlights, Rect LED, HiViz FT-4X6-4KIT, AXT/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel, Trim
NFPA

7.66 7.66

0.00 0728734
Lights, Rear Scene, Wln, PCPSM1* Pioneer LED Fld/Spt, Surface Mount
NFPA

12.00 0.00

0.00 0729921
Light, Roof Mt, Wln S72M**, 72" Cnt Feature, Mkr Lts Activated, SUBKT* Mounts
NFPA

0.32 0.00

18.68 0736083
Lights, Clearance/Marker, Side, P25 LED 2 Lts, Others With Visor Lt
NFPA

0.49 0.00

0.00 0766136
Right Over Wheel Compt, 52"-51", Roll, Tandem, NWI (Fwd Transverse), 45.25" H
NFPA

0.90 1.80

0.90 0766137
Left Over Wheel Compt, 52"-51", Roll, Tandem, NWI (Fwd
Transverse), 45.25" H
NFPA

0.90 1.80

0.90 0769420
Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 4Dr
NFPA

1.20 0.00

0.00 0769560
Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY-LB-12HW012 LED 2lts, Rear Step
NFPA

0.36 0.00

0.00 0769570
Lights, Perimeter, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 20", Brkt
NFPA

2.40 0.00

0.00 0770200
Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled, Alum, LED Backlit, 4-Door Cab
NFPA

0.80 0.00

0.00 0791528
Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65, 36.00" Long, TACTL5 NFPA

0.60 1.20

0.00 0795711
Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens, 3pr, Ovr 25, Rescue
NFPA

3.60 5.40

0.00 0804514
Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For Hsg
NFPA

0.83 2.49

0.00 0804681
Light, Directional, Wln 604T* Cmn Bzl, Above Headlts,Sab/Enf NFPA

0.02 0.02

0.00 0808503
Engine, Cummins X15, 605 hp, 1850 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Enforcer
NFPA

10.00 0.00

0.00 0814201
Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714
NFPA

1.20 0.00

0.00 0814723
Cab, Enforcer, 7010, w/Integrated Mast Light Enclosure
NFPA

6.80 10.20

0.00 0826455
Cabinet, Fwd Fcng, Ctr, 38.50 W x 50 H x 18 D, Web, SFR/Enf NFPA

0.50 0.50

0.00 0833249
Drug Locker, Knox, MedVault Mini, 5240, Recess Mounted
NFPA

1.50 1.50

0.00 0833322
Left Forward Compt, 52" & 52" Roll, 74" H, NWI
NFPA

3.60 3.60

0.00 0833323
Right Forward Compt, 52" & 52", Roll, 74" H, NWI
NFPA

3.60 3.60

0.00 0833325
Left Rear Compt, 52" W x 74" H, Roll, NWI
NFPA

0.90 1.80

0.90 0833326
Right Rear Compartment, 52" W x 74" H, Roll, NWI
NFPA

0.90 1.80

0.90 0833689
NWI, Hatch, (2) Spcl Front Hatch & Recessed Walkway
NFPA

3.10 0.00

0.00 0833717
Rear Compt, Roll/Swing Down Lap Door, 74" H, AMDOR, Tandem Axle
NFPA

3.60 7.20

3.60 0834638
Lights, Step, P25 LED, HDR-NWI, Rear & Rec Walkway, Perm Lts, Rec
NFPA

0.50 0.00

0.00 0887546
Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P, w/Prognostics,
Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf
NFPA

2.00 2.00

0.00 0889577
Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt NFPA

0.07 0.00

0.00 0892618
Not Required, Indicator Light, Pump Panel, No Pump or Skid Pump
NFPA

0.10 0.00

0.00 0892638
Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts
NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0898687
Compt, Saddle, Transverse C/C, Dbl Pan, Rec Tube, 70" SFR/Enf NFPA

0.65 0.65

0.00 0647728
Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy 55SI
S

0.00 0.00

0.00 Load Totals:
109.35
515.25
264.30
Minimum Continuous Load
Supply:
254.00
Demand:
109.35
Variance:
144.65
Total Connected Load
Supply:
370.00
Demand:
185.59
Variance:
184.41
Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items 254.00
370.00
Alternator Output at Idle:

Alternator Output at Governed Speed:
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis
7/15/2025
Bid #:
989
Alameda City Enforcer 23.5' Rescue
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Klockzien, Dave
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

ALAMEDA CITY FIRE DEPARTMENT
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number:
989
Chassis:

Enforcer Chassis, HDR, Tandem Axle
Department:

ALAMEDA CITY FIRE DEPARTMENT
Body:

HDR, Non-Walk-In, Aluminum
Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle:
45°
Axle Track:

82.92 in.

Wheel Offset:

4.68 in.

Tread Width:

16.3 in.

Chassis Overhang:

65.95 in.

Additional Bumper Depth:
7 in.

Front Overhang:

72.95 in.

Wheelbase:
239.5 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn:
18 ft. 11 in.

Curb to curb:
34 ft. 6 in.

Wall to wall:
38 ft. 2 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 07/15/2025
Category
Option
Description
Axle, Front, Custom
0629940
Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 22,800 lb, Enforcer Bumpers
0820941
Bumper, Non-Extended, Polished S/S, Saber FR/Enforcer
Wheels, Front
0019611
Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot Tires, Front
0899438
Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply

Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle
Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track
King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset
Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width
Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang
Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel
Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase
Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices.

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

WARRANTIES
Exhibit “C”
4 Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months.Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Cummins Warranty
Worldwide
Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks
Coverage
Products Warranted
This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by
Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after
April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck* applications Worldwide.

Base Engine Warranty
The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the
Engine which result, under normal use and service,
from a defect in material or factory workmanship
(Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the
sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs
first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user .

Engine aftertreatment components included in the
Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a
Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine
Warranty.

Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission
Warranty section.

These Warranties are made to all Owners in the
chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all
subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of
Coverage.

Cummins
Responsibilities
Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to
repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a
Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze,
filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance
items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable
Failure.

Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for
Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to
repair a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a
vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the
nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for
mechanics to travel to and from the location of the
vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when
the repair is performed at the site of the failure.

Owner
Responsibilities
Owner is responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins
Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also
responsible for providing proof that all recommended
maintenance has been performed.

Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty,
Owner must notify a Cummins distributor ,authorized
dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins
of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine
available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must also
deliver the Engine to the repair facility.

Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide
Service Locator at cummins.com.

Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil,
antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items
are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for communication expenses,
meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for non-Engine repairs and for
‘‘downtime’’expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars)
deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The
deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty.

Limitations
Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water , dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied
by Cummins which bear the name of another
company. Such non-warranted accessories include, but
are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air
conditioning compressors, clutches, filters,
transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps,
power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors.

Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered
for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user ,or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from
the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user ,
whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner
must submit adequate documentation to show that
consumption exceeds Cummins published standards.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are
not covered beyond the first year from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new
Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or
repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by
Cummins.

A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part
used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the
identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder .

Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate
Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of
failure analysis.

CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT
OF COVERED PARTS.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

THIS W ARRANTYAND THE EMISSION W ARRANTY

SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE

W ARRANTIESMADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO
THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER

W ARRANTIES,EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF

MERCHANT ABILITYOR FITNESS FOR A
P ARTICULARPURPOSE.

This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you
may also have other rights which vary from state to
state.

Emission
Warranty
Products Warranted
This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines
marketed by Cummins that are used in the United
States** in vehicles designed for transporting persons
or property on a street or highway. This Warranty
applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1, 1992.

Coverage
Cummins warrants to the first user and each
subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed,
built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations
applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which
would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation,
whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base Engine Warranty.

If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is
registered in the state of California, a separate
California Emission Warranty also applies.

Limitations
Failures, other than those resulting from defects in
material or factory workmanship, are not covered by
this Warranty.

Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water , dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

Cummins is not responsible for non-Engine repairs,
‘‘downtime’’expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
* Airport operated crash trucks and fire department
operated trucks employed to respond to fires,
hazardous material releases, rescue and other
emergency-type situations.
** United States includes American Samoa, the
Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam,
Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09
/H230052001 Cummins Inc.

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Chassis Frame & Crossmembers
Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Custom chassis frame rail and cross members manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/16/2010 WA0038

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal boots and shock absorbers.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGE S.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) Years
-or-
30,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
TAK-4 Independent Front Suspension
Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The TAK-4 Front Independent Suspension and Steering
Gears shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty
description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Five (5) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

MERITOR
®

COMMERCIAL

VEHICLE SYSTEMS
WARRANTY/MODEL YEAR 2020 VEHICLES
Advantage Program
Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.meritor.com or by contacting Meritor at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221).
2 Linehaul ............................................................................................................. 3-4 General Service ................................................................................................... 5-6 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle .......................................................................... 7-8 Fire and Emergency ................................................................................................ 9 Transit Bus ........................................................................................................... 10 Off-Highway Service .............................................................................................. 11 Terms and Conditions ............................................................................................ 12 How to Read Warranty Coverage
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands)
Unl=Unlimited
P=Parts Only
P&L=Parts & Labor
Notice:

Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor’s vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Effective Model Year 2020 Vehicles

WARRANTY INFORMATION CONTENTS

n Bulk Hauler
n Chip Hauler (Truck)*
n Doubles
n Flatbed
n General Freight
n Grain Hauler
n Livestock Hauler
n Moving Van
n Pipe Hauler
n Refrigerated Freight
n Tanker
n Triples
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
n High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
n Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction
n Greater than 30 miles between starting and stopping
Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. * Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration.

Linehaul Vehicles
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/750/P&L
Linehaul Typically Is
RPL 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/P&L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
RS-19-144/145/A
MS-19-14X
MS-21-144
RS-21-145
RS-21-160
MS-23-17X
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/750/P&L
1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

RT-34-144/P/A
RT-40-145/A
RT-40-160/P 1,2
RT-46-160/P 1,2
RT-46-164EH/P 1,2
RT-50-160/P 1,2
MA-40-165
MA-40-175
MT-34-14X/P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14XHE
MT-40-144/P
MT-40-943
MT-40-943-SP
RZ-166 2
RZ-188
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/750/P&L

LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION
3 Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
ASA 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™ 2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 5/500/P , 1/Unl/L
EX+ Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty 3 5/500/P&L 1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 3/500/P&L.
2 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
3 Applies only to MA761 friction material code CD brake assembly i.e.

EX225LXXXCDXXX
MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram) 1
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Curbing Damage Warranty 2 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs & Rebound Straps 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/500/P , 3/300/L
1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage.

TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS Coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.

MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Beam and Brackets 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Wheel End Systems 1
Standard System 2 1/100/P&L
PreSet by Meritor 3 5/500/P&L
AxlePak5 4 5P/L
AxlePak7 5 7P/L
1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 2 When installed by Meritor.
3 Requires approved hubcap stating PreSet by Meritor on hubcap face. 4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Brake Components Trailer Air Suspension Systems
TAG/Pusher Axles1
Meritor Tire Inflation System
Trailer Axles
4 LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION

n Auto Hauler
n Beverage Truck
n Chip Hauler
n Cross Country Coach
n Flatbed
n Front Engine Commercial Chassis
n Front Engine Integral Coach
n General Freight
n Intercity Coach
n Intermodal Chassis
n Livestock Hauler
n Meat Packer
n Moving Van
n Municipal Truck
n Newspaper Delivery
n Pick-Up and Delivery
n Pipe Hauler
n Platform Auto Hauler
n Rear Engine Integral Coach
n Recreational Vehicles
n Refrigerated Freight
n School Bus
n Stake Truck
n Tanker
n Tanker Trailer
n Tour Bus
n Wrecker
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FH-941
FH-946 1
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B-N
MFS-6-162B-N
MFS-6-153C-N
MFS-6-162C-N
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-143A-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
n Lower mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) n Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
n An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

General Service Vehicles
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
General Service Typically Is

GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach Applications. 5 MS-17-13X
MS-17-14X
MS-19-13X
MS-19-14X
RS-17-144/145/A
RS-19-144/145/A
MS-21-13X
MS-21-14X
MS-21-144
MS-23-17X
RS-21-145/A
RS-21-160
RC-22-145
RC-22-145/A
RC-23-160
RC-23-161
RC-23-162 1
RC-23-165 1
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-30-185
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-35-380
71162
71163
79163
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor.

MT-34-14X/P
RT-34-144/P/A
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14XHE
MT-40-144/P
RT-40-145/A
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-169
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
RZ-188
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.

Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)
MX-29-130-FV (FSD-29A)
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164EH/P
RT-50-160/P
RZ-166
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem -
3/Unl/P&L
RPL 4/400/P , 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/P&L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
11170
523
RND-14H
RND-16A
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-318
MPT-500
MPT-510
MPT-518
MPT-526
MPT-531
MPT-543
MPT-170
MPT-1702
MPT-175
MPT-185
MPT-190
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
516 FAT 30
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Cam P3 2/200/P
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake ™ 3 2/200/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA3 2/200/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™ 2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 2/Unl/P&L
1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P . 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
3 Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only.

Beam and Brackets 1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 2
Standard System 3 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak5 4 5/P&L
AxlePak7 5 7/P&L
1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 3 When installed by Meritor.
4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Beam & Brackets 6/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 1
Standard System 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak7 7/P&L
Beam and Brackets 7/P , 1/L
1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage.

MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram) 1
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Curbing Damage Warranty 2 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L
PinLoc Air Actuator 3/Unl/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 3 5/Unl/P , 3/Unl/L
(For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage.

Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable. 3 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 1 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L MC14002, MC16003, FH946 2/Unl/P&L
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
1 3/Unl/P&L if sold with PreSet by Meritor.

Brake Components
Trailer Axles
Chassis Axles (2000 Series/ChassiPak)
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
Meritor® Tire Inflation System
TAG/Pusher Axles
6 GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle
n Airport Rescue Fire Fighting
(ARFF)
n Airport Shuttle*
n Asphalt Truck
n Block Truck
n Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
n Cementing Vehicle
n Commercial Pick-Up
n Concrete Pumper
n Construction Material Hauler
n Mixer
n Demolition
n Drill Rig
n Dump
n Equipment Hauling
n Flatbed Trailer Hauler
n Flatbed Truck
n Fracturing Truck
n Front Loader
n Geophysical Exploration
n Hopper Trailer Combinations
n Landscaping Truck
n Liquid Waste Hauler
n Log Hauling
n Lowboy
n Michigan Special Gravel Trains
n Michigan Special Log Hauler
n Michigan Special Steel Hauler
n Michigan Special Waste Vehicle
n Municipal Dump
n Rear Loader (Refuse)
n Recycling Truck
n Residential Pick-Up (Refuse)
n Rigging Truck
n Roll-Off
n Scrap Truck
n Semi-End Dump
n Sewer/Septic Vacuum
n Shuttle Bus*
n Side Loader
n Snowplow/Snowblower
n Steel Hauling
n Tanker
n Tank Truck
n Tractors with Pole Trailers
n Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
n Transfer Dump
n Transfer Vehicle
n Utility Truck
n Winch Truck
n Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) n On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road)
n Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/ or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle Typically Is
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
FH-941
FH-946
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B
MFS-6-162B
MFS-6-162C
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122
MFS-12E-122
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-122
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13-155
MFS-14-122
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-192A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
RF-16-145
RF-21-160
MX-10-120
MX-10-120 EVO
MX-12-120
MX-12-120 EVO
MX-14-120
MX-16-120
MX-18-120
MX-17-140
MX-19-140
MX-21-140
MX-21-160
MX-23-160
MX-810
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIAL TY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
7 *Commercial chassis only
MS-17-14X
RS-17-144/145/A
MS-19-14X
RS-19-144
MS-21-114
MS-21-14X
RS-21-145
RS-21-145/A
RS-21-160
RC-22-145
RC-23-160
RH-23-160
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
RS-23-161
RS-23-186/380
RS-24-160
RS-25-160
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-26-185/380
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-30-185/380
MS-35-380
RS-38-380
RC-25-160
RC-26-633
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
RPL 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
Drivelines
11170
523
RND-14H
RND-16A
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)
MX-29-130-FV (FSD-29A)
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-318
MPT-500
MPT-510
MPT-518
MPT-526
MPT-531
MPT-543
MPT-170
MPT-1702
MPT-175
MPT-185
MPT-190
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
516
FAT 30
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
MT-34-14X/P
RT-34-144/P/A
MT-40-14X/P
RT-40-145/A
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-169
RT-58-160
MT-52-616
MT-52-616-SP
RT-52-185/380 1,2
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
RT-58-185/380 1,2
RT-70-380
MT-70-380
RZ-188
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Cam P3 2/100/P
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 2 2/100/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and
Other Wheel-end
Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L
1 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
2 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only.
3 Warranty for all non-Meritor ASAs supplied by
Meritor for all Heavy Service vocations is 1/100/P .

RT-40-160/P/A 3
RT-46-160/P/A 1,3
RT-46-164EH/P/A 2,3
RT-50-160/P/A 3
RZ-166
1 U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for
combination vehicles only.
2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact
Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details.
3 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application
Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior
to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis
number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter
#303 and #396 for further details.
1 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.

Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Brake Components Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem -
3/Unl/P&L MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 1 5/Unl/P , 3/Unl/L
1 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
(For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate
product warranties.)
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Meritor Tire Inflation System
Beam and Brackets 1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 2
Standard System 3 1/Unl/P&L
1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all
systems require annual inspections and proper
documentation to ensure full coverage.
3 When installed by Meritor.
(For brake components and ABS coverage,
refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Trailer Axles
8 HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIAL TY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
MTC-4213
MTC-4210
MTC-4208
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (529 & 548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 & TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/247)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/350)
MTC-3205-GV (RTC-25/350)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/380)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/380)
MTC-3212-CV (315 & 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-2212-CV (306)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MGX-240
MGX-279
MGX-279D
MGX-280
MGX-285
MGX-292
MGX-314
MGX-376
MGX-377
MGX-378
MGX-380
MGX-384
MGX-402
MGX-413
MGX-448
MGX-456
MGX-478
MGX-480
MGX-487
MGX-488
MGX-505
MGX-506
MGX-514
MGX-519
MGX-520
MGX-522
MGX-524
MGX-527
MGX-528
MGX-533
MGX-534
MGX-536
MGX-537
MGX-541
MGX-545
MGX-546
MGX-550
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
n Aerial Ladder Truck
n Aerial Platform
n Ambulance
n Command Vehicle
n Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
n Pumper
n Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV)
n Tanker
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MX-19140
MX-21140
MX-21160
MX-23160
MX-23810
n Lower mileage operations (less than 20,000 miles/year) n Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
n An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Fire and Emergency Vehicles
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 2/Unl/P&L
1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P .

Brake ComponentsFront Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/Unl/P&L Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Fire and Emergency Typically Is
RPL 4/400/P , 1/Unl/L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
RC-23-160
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
RS-30-185
RS-35-380
RS-25-160
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor.

MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-144/P
RT-40-145/A
RT-40-160/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164EH/P
RT-46-169
RT-50-160/P
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

FIRE AND EMERGENCY WARRANTY INFORMATION
9 Transit Bus Vehicles
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 1 2/100/P&L
ASA1 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and
Other Wheel-end
Components 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L
1 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only.

MC-26000
71063
79063
Brake Components Center Non-drive Axles – 5/300/P&L
n Airport Shuttle
n City Bus
n Commuter Coach
n Shuttle Bus
n Transit Bus
n Trolley
n Moderate mileage operation (less than 50,000 miles per year) n Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP- 9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Transit Bus Typically Is
FH-946
FH-941 1
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-155
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
71163
79163
RC-23-162 1
RC-23-165 1
RS-21-160
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/300/P&L
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/300/P&L
RPL 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
MC-14002
MC-16003
FH-946
Drivelines
Tag Axles – 2/Unl/P&L

TRANSIT BUS WARRANTY INFORMATION
10 1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
Industrial And Off-Highway Service Vehicles
n Load-On/Load-Off
n Port Tractor
n Rail Yard Spotter
n Roll-On/Roll-Off
n Stevedoring Tractor
n Trailer Spotter
n Yard Jockey
n All-Terrain Crane
n Rough Terrain Crane
n Forestry
n Material Handling
n Specialized Heavy Haul
n Specialized Mining
n Excavator
n Compactor
n Fertilizer Spreader
n Snow Blower
n Mining
n Rail Car Mover
n Loader
n Tow Tractor
n Pushback Tractor
n Low mileage operation
n Low speed vehicle speed restriction
n Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
n Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical)
Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

RPL MXL
FF - 941
FF - 943
FF - 961
FF - 966
FG - 941
FG - 943
FL - 941
FL - 943
FN - 951
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MON-Z0 FAMILY
Industrial And Off-Highway Service Typically Is
Drivelines – 1/Unl/P
MOB
MOC
MOD
MOE
MOF
MOG
MOH
MOR
MOS
MOT
MOX
MOY
MOZ
Planetary Axles – 1/Unl/P
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
Brake ComponentsFront Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P

OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY

INFORMATION
11 MTC-4213
MTC-4210
MTC-4208
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (529 & 548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 & TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/247)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/350)
MTC-3205-GV (RTC-25/350)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/380)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/380)
MTC-3212-CV (315 & 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-2212-CV (306)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MGX-240
MGX-279
MGX-279D
MGX-280
MGX-285
MGX-292
MGX-314
MGX-376
MGX-377
MGX-378
MGX-380
MGX-384
MGX-402
MGX-413
MGX-448
MGX-456
MGX-478
MGX-480
MGX-487
MGX-488
MGX-505
MGX-506
MGX-514
MGX-519
MGX-520
MGX-522
MGX-524
MGX-527
MGX-528
MGX-533
MGX-534
MGX-536
MGX-537
MGX-541
MGX-545
MGX-546
MGX-550
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
Coverage Exclusions
Product Description
All
The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion.

For axle assemblies supplied by Meritor with suspension and in - terface brackets designed and/or attached by non-Meritor parties, Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket attachment methods, and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified in a separate OEM agreement.

Front Axles
King Pin Bushings.

Rear Axles
Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton.

ASA
Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies.

Cam Brake
Brake lining wear and brake shoe “rust-jacking.”
Disc Brake
Pad wear, rotor wear.

Coverage Limitations
Product Description
All
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Front Axles
Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor.

Rear Axles
Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor, then Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor.

Rear Axles
The Meritor ® breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with
A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss of lube in axles.

Cam Brake
Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity.

STEELite X30
Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum.

Disc Brake
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P .

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P .

Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details.
12 TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Litho in USA, SP-95155
Revised 1-19 (47865/11900)
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC
2135 West Maple Road
Troy, Michigan 48084 USA
Product models, brands, names and trademarks depicted herein are the property of their respective owners and, except where otherwise indicated, are not in any way associated with Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC, or any parent or affiliate, thereof.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM’s vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first.

Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component.

Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty.

For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number l and the applicable Meritor
maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required.

To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Meritor directly. Failure to notify Meritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date.

A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use.

Coverage under Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.
(3) What is the Cost of this Warranty?
There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty?
This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (I) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Meritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity), or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not branded by Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply. (5) Remedy.

The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Meritor’s option. Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty.

THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES

OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING

ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(7) Limitation of Remedies.

In no event shall Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component.
(8) To Obtain Service.

If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location.

The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor for an evalu - ation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor component covered by this warranty.
(9) Entire Agreement.

This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Meritor and the Owner. )LUHDQG5HVFXH$SSDUDWXV
Coverage:
7KUHH

<HDU0DWHULDODQG:RUNPDQVKLS
0HULWRU:DEFR$%6%UDNH6\VWHP
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by
Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty coverage description
/,0,7(':$55$17<
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) YearWarranty Period
Ends After:

The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
(;&/86,212)&216(48(17,$/$1',1&,'(17$/'$0$*(6
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
%8<(5
6(;&/86,9(5(0('<
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
2/25/2013 WA0232
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
',6&/$,0(562):$55$17,(6
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

WARRANTY
Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction.
• General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile.
• Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. • The standard aftermarket warranty for WABCO products - including WABCO Original parts, WABCO Reman Solutions, ProVia quality aftermarket parts and WABCO retrofit solutions - is one year, parts only from in-service date when purchased from ZF distributor networks or its affiliates and/or subsidiaries.

MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example)
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor 3 300 P
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components.
2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.
• Aerial Ladder Truck
• Aerial Platform
• Ambulance
• Auto Hauler
• Beverage Truck
• Bulk Hauler
• Chip Hauler (Truck)
• Cross Country Coach
• Doubles
• Flatbed
• Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
• Front Engine Integral
Coach
• General Freight
• Grain Hauler
• Intercity Coach
• Intermodal Chassis
• Livestock Hauler
• Meat Packer
• Moving Van
• Municipal Truck
• Pipe Hauler
• Platform Auto Hauler
• Pumper
• Rear Engine Integral Coach
• Recreational Vehicles
• Refrigerated Freight
• School Bus
• Stake Truck
• Tanker
• Tanker Truck
• Triples
• Tour Bus
• Wrecker

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE VEHICLES

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

LINEHAUL TYPICALLY IS
• High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
• Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction

GENERAL SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• Moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained public roads (less than 10% off-road) • Less than three (3) stops per mile
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&LTrailer Lift Axle Control Valve
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/200/P&L
Air Dryers (ALL) 3/300/P&L
Aerodynamics
OptiFlow® TrailerSkirt 2/UnU/P
OptiFlow® Trailer Tail and AutoTail 2/UnI/P
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Trailer ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System)
3 Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves
1/100/P&L
OptiRide® Automated Manual Transmission (AMT)
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 3/300/P&L
WABCO Components1 (cont.)
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 6/600/P
MAXXUS™ Truck Air Disc Brake 5/500/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 17 and 19 Air Disc Brake 2/Unl/P and
1/Unl/L
Pan 22 Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV or IRB 6/600/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 3/300/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 2/200/P
Trailer MAXX22T™ Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
1 ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.

WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&L
Air Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
3/300/P&L
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Trailer ABS Valve3
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Driveline Suspension Control
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Trailer MAXX22T™ 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
• Airport Rescue Fire (ARF)
• Airport Shuttle
• Asphalt Truck
• Block Truck
• Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
• Cementing Vehicle
• City Bus
• Commercial Pick-Up
• Concrete Pumper
• Construction Material Hauler
• Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
• Mixer
• Demolition
• Drill Rig
• Dump
• Emergency Service
• Equipment Hauling
• Flatbed Trailer Hauler
• Flatbed Truck
• Fracturing Truck
• Front Loader
• Geophysical Exploration
• Hopper Trailer Combinations
• Landscaping Truck
• Liquid Waste Hauler
• Log Hauling
• Lowboy
• Michigan Special
Gravel Trains
• Michigan Special
Log Hauler
• Michigan Special
Steel Hauler
• Michigan Special
Waste Vehicle
• Municipal Dump
• Newspaper Delivery
• Package Delivery
• Pick-up and Delivery
• Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
• Rear Loader
• Recycling Truck
• Residential Pick-Up/Waste
• Rigging Truck
• Roll-Off
• Scrap Truck
• Semi-End Dump
• Sewer/Septic Vacuum
• Shuttle Bus
• Side Loader
• Snowplow/Snowblower
• Steel Hauling
• Tanker
• Tank Truck
• Tractors with Pole Trailers
• Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
• Transfer Dump
• Transfer Vehicle
• Transit Bus
• Trolley
• Utility Truck
• Winch Truck

HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES

HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION

HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR
• Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES

INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

TYPICALLY IS
• Low mileage operation3
• Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 Equivalent hours of service limit: 2,000 hours for all components.

INDUSTRIAL/OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
2/Unl/PAir Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Brake Actuation
Air/Hydraulic Actuators
2/Unl/P
Master Cylinders
Remote Actuators
Slave and Wheel Cylinders
Two Fluid Actuators
Brake Locks
Brake Locks (ALL)
2/Unl/PElectric Brake Locks
Lever Locks
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
1/100/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls
1/100/P&L
Leveling Valves
Electrohydraulics & Controls
Electronic Pedals
2/Unl/PElectrohydraulic Brake Valves (EBV)
Pressure Switches
Hydraulic Braking Solutions
Accumulator Charging Valves
2/Unl/PHydraulic Throttle Controls and Switches
Modulating Brake Valves
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
Caliper Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Multiple Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
Market Common Application Types
Agriculture
Fertilizer Spreader, Tractor, Heavy Duty Ag
Trailers, Harvester, Sprayer, Skid Loader, Silage
Bagger, Slurry Wagons, Grain Cart
Airport Support
Pushback Tractor, Towing Tugs, Aircraft Tow
Tractor, Refueling Trucks, Food Service Trucks,
Baggage Tractors, De-Icing Equipment,
Runway Clearing Equipment
Construction
All-Terrain Crane, Rough Terrain Crane,
Excavator, Compactor, Wheel Loader, Road
Roller, Motor Grader, Articulated Dump Truck,
Rubber Tire Road Roller, Backhoe Loaders,
Haul Trucks, Scraper Rough Terrain Forklifts,
Trenchers, Drills
Forestry Logging Forwarder, Kidder, Loaders, Yard
Forklifts, Harvesters Fellers
Material Handling
Port Tractor, Rail Yard Spotter, Stevedoring
Tractor, Trailer Spotter, Yard Jockey, Scissor
Lift, Straddle Carrier, Manlift, Forklift, Boom Lift
Telebandlers, Aerial Work Platforms
Mining
Specialized Mining, Excavator, Haul Truck,
Underground Loader, Service Trucks, Wheel
Loaders, Scrapers, Load Haul Dumps,
Personnel Transports, Bolters, Scalers
Municipal
Street Sweeper, Utility Tractor, Utility Trucks,
Tree Trimmers, Dump Trucks, Tow Trucks, Flat
Bed Trucks, Winch Applications
Oil & Gas
Fracturing Trailer, Injecter Heads, Top Drives,
Jack/Lift Boats, Wireline Trucks, Load-On /
Load-Off
Rail
Railcar Mover, Track Layers, Grinders, Platform
Crane, Locomotive Railcars, Ballast Equipment,
Winch Applications

ABS, ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL (ESC),
ROLL STABILITY CONTROL (RSC), OPTIRIDE®,
ONGUARD® AND ONLANE®, COLLECTIVELY
“ELECTRONICS”
Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage
condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge
(ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.)

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is
used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB- 1367.

COVERAGE LIMITATIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program.

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P .

For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply.

TOOLBOX PLUS™ DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE
Proper diagnostics of WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™. Additional labor due
to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™ software
and/or the time to purchase or install the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™ are not covered under product
warranty.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

COVERAGE EXCLUSIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
This Warranty shall not apply to the following, but not limited to: (1) damage to the product or its component
parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, damaged threads, cut, broken,
chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors,
harnesses and connectors), (b) sensors damaged during
removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (c) damage resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine WABCO components or
materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or WABCO
name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as
a ZF product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed
adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non-serviceable components; (4) malfunction
of the component d ue to internal cont amination of t he vehicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a
non-genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to contamination in air system, (5) complaints associated
with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections).

AIR DRYERS
Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only.

AIR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs,
valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals.

WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
ZF CV Systems North America LLC and its North American
subsidiaries and affiliates (ZF) warrant to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any distribution agreements and/or any service contracts that cover the components listed in this publication, if any. If the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or service contract, then the OEM’s warranty and/ or service contract shall supersede ZF’s warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM’s warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM’s warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire.

Once those agreements expire and provided the ZF warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the ZF warranty will be in effect until its expiration date.

Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication.

Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™, time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are the responsibility of the authorized ZF distributor networks and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify ZF through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in- service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with ZF directly. Failure to notify ZF of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in- service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner
must
also notify ZF as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to ZF or through
the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under ZF’
s warranty requires that the application of
products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and ZF, approvals. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on "Coverage Exclusions," this warranty does not cover normal wear and tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by ZF, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity),
or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by ZF. (5) To obtain service. If the owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either ZF or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM dealer or ZF distributor networks' servicer. The dealer or ZF authorized servicer will inspect the vehicle and contact ZF for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by ZF, the dealer or ZF authorized servicer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective WABCO component covered by this warranty. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty and Limitation of remedies. TO THE MAXIMUM

EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET

FORTH HEREIN IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY OPERATION OF

LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A

PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND/OR WARRANTY FOR HIDDEN OR

LATENT DEFECTS, AND IN NO EVENT WILL ZF OR ANY OF ITS

AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

PROGRESSIVE, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY
KIND.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
(7) Legal action. Any legal action or claim arising from or related to this Warranty, in contract or otherwise, must be commenced within one year from the accrual of that cause of action, or be barred forever. Any dispute arising in connection with this agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Michigan and be brought, heard and determined exclusively in either the Circuit Court for the County of Oakland, State of Michigan or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The parties stipulate that the referenced venues are convenient.
(8) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at ZF's option. ZF reserves the right to require that all applicable covered components are available and/or returned to ZF
for review
and evaluation. THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY, IF ANY, OF ZF FOR ALL

DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CONTRACT

DAMAGES, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT

LIABILITY, OR OTHER TORT, IS LIMITED TO AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT and where
indicated in the product and application warranty information above, the inclusion of labor is limited to the standard repair time. THE

PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE LIMITATION

OF DAMAGES PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS PARAGRAPH

SURVIVES BETWEEN THE ORIGINAL END USER AND ZF EVEN IF

THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SET FORTH ABOVE IS DEEMED TO FAIL
OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. ZF may change the design or make improvements to its Products without incurring any warranty obligation for previously manufactured Product .
(9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between ZF and the Owner about warranty and no, ZF employee, or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of ZF unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of ZF.

About ZF Friedrichshafen AG
ZF is a global technology company and supplies systems for passenger cars, commercial vehicles and industrial technology, enabling the next generation of mobility. ZF allows vehicles to see, think and act. In the four technology domains Vehicle Motion Control, Integrated Safety, Automated Driving, and Electric Mobility, ZF offers comprehensive solutions for established vehicle manufacturers and newly emerging transport and mobility service providers. ZF electrifies different kinds of vehicles. With its products, the company contributes to reducing emissions and protecting the climate.

ZF, which acquired WABCO Holdings Inc. on May 29, 2020, now has 160,000 employees worldwide with approximately 260 locations in 41 countries. In 2019, the two then-independent companies achieved sales of €36.5 billion (ZF) and $3.4 billion (WABCO). For more information, visit: www.wabco-na.com
© 2021
ZF CV Systems North America LLC - All rights reserved - SP1375 / 2.2021 For further product details contact your distributor or the WABCO Customer Care Center at 855-228-3203.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Cab
Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Cab
Ten (10) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking
0-72 months 100%
73-96 months 50%
97-120 months 25%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100%
37-84 months 50%
85-120 months 25%
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-36 months 100%
37-48 months 50%
49-72 months 25%
73-120 months 10%
Corrosion Perforation
0-120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty.

Items not covered by this warranty include:
(a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual).
(b) UV paint fade.
(c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Cab
Ten (10) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for the Command Zone system, including the full color graphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are not covered under this limited warranty and are instead covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited Warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship
Command Zone Electronics
Five (5) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
54 Months Material and Workmanship
Camera System
Fifty - Four (54) monthsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of delivery.Warranty Begins:

This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Sharpvision
camera system installed on the apparatus occuring during th e
warranty period.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY

PARTICIPATING OEM SALES

DISTRIBUTOR SALES

LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS

USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS

Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following te rms, conditions, and limitations.

WHAT IS COVERED
 WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period.  REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission’s option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances.  TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission.
 PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section “APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE.”  OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs.
 TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty.  WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception:

Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers).

If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty.

APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE

WARRANTY LIMITATIONS
(Whichever occurs first)

ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE

PAID BY THE CUSTOMER APPLICABLE
MODELS
Months
Transmission Miles
Or Kilometers Parts Labor
MT, MD
3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 Series, 2000 Series,
2400 Series 0–36 No Limit No Charge No Charge
HT with Electronic Controls 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD
1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS
2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS,
3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000,
4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700,
4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS
0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge

Page 1 of 2 ends

Alameda City CouncilOctober 7, 2025

Alameda City Council
October 7, 2025